Adds support for object arrays (i.e. VertexElement*).

Updated primitive data type arrays to use no longer use an intermediate std::vector.
Minor optimization to generated code (class instance type check for member bindings).
Changed Mesh::setVertexData to take a float* parameter so that it can be called from Lua (we need a type).

gameplay-luagen/TODO.txt

@@ -5,15 +5,19 @@ Unsupported:
 - variable arguments
 - Lua doesn't support as many types as C++ so if there are functions that overload on parameters with types that overlap in Lua, the overloading won't work properly (i.e. char, short, int, long, float, double and all corresponding unsigned variants overlap in Lua).
 
+- Note: primitive data type arrays and object arrays are both inefficient when created in Lua and passed to C++.
+
 Normal Priority List:
 =====================
-- Add support for object arrays (i.e. VertexElement*).
 - Add "@script{create}" to the appropriate gameplay functions.
 - Fix memory leaks in gameplay-luagen and in generated code.
+    - Add "@script{own}" to array parameters that are owned by the function or class they are passed to?
 - Add support for listener callbacks.
+- Figure out a way to determine the proper needed include files (generate Doxygen XML for cpp files?); along with this do the following:
+    - Reduce compilation dependencies (remove Global.h from all lua_XXX.cpp files)
+    - Separate the enums into separate files and have generated files include the enum files they need.
 
 Low Priority List:
 ==================
-- Reduce compilation dependencies (remove Global.h from lua_XXX.cpp?)
 - Add support for std::vector.
 - Separate threads?

gameplay-luagen/src/FunctionBinding.cpp

@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@
 
 
 // Helper functions.
+static inline void outputLuaTypeCheckInstance(ostream& o);
 static inline void outputLuaTypeCheck(ostream& o, int index, const FunctionBinding::Param& p = 
     FunctionBinding::Param(FunctionBinding::Param::TYPE_OBJECT, FunctionBinding::Param::KIND_POINTER));
 static inline void indent(ostream& o, int indentLevel);
@@ -490,6 +491,11 @@ ostream& operator<<(ostream& o, const FunctionBinding::Param& param)
 // ---------------------------------------------
 // Helper functions
 
+static inline void outputLuaTypeCheckInstance(ostream& o)
+{
+    o << "(lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA)";
+}
+
 static inline void outputLuaTypeCheck(ostream& o, int index, const FunctionBinding::Param& p)
 {
     switch (p.type)
@@ -532,6 +538,8 @@ static inline void outputLuaTypeCheck(ostream& o, int index, const FunctionBindi
         break;
     case FunctionBinding::Param::TYPE_OBJECT:
         o << "(lua_type(state, " << index << ") == LUA_TUSERDATA || ";
+        if (p.kind == FunctionBinding::Param::KIND_POINTER)
+            o << "lua_type(state, " << index << ") == LUA_TTABLE || ";
         o << "lua_type(state, " << index << ") == LUA_TNIL)";
         break;
     case FunctionBinding::Param::TYPE_CONSTRUCTOR:
@@ -824,7 +832,7 @@ static inline void outputMatchedBinding(ostream& o, const FunctionBinding& b, un
         for (unsigned int i = 0, count = paramCount; i < count; i++)
         {
             if (isNormalMember && i == 0)
-                outputLuaTypeCheck(o, i + 1);
+                outputLuaTypeCheckInstance(o);
             else
                 outputLuaTypeCheck(o, i + 1, b.paramTypes[(isNormalMember ? i - 1 : i)]);
 

gameplay-luagen/src/Generator.cpp

@@ -920,7 +920,6 @@ FunctionBinding::Param Generator::getParam(XMLElement* e, bool isVariable, strin
     }
     else
     {
-
         // Get the type string without const or reference qualifiers (and trim whitespace).
         string refId = "";
         string typeStr = "";

gameplay/src/Bundle.cpp

@@ -1373,7 +1373,7 @@ Mesh* Bundle::loadMesh(const char* id, const char* nodeId)
     mesh->_url += "#";
     mesh->_url += id;
 
-    mesh->setVertexData(meshData->vertexData, 0, meshData->vertexCount);
+    mesh->setVertexData((float*)meshData->vertexData, 0, meshData->vertexCount);
 
     mesh->_boundingBox.set(meshData->boundingBox);
     mesh->_boundingSphere.set(meshData->boundingSphere);

gameplay/src/Mesh.cpp

@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ void Mesh::setPrimitiveType(PrimitiveType type)
     _primitiveType = type;
 }
 
-void Mesh::setVertexData(void* vertexData, unsigned int vertexStart, unsigned int vertexCount)
+void Mesh::setVertexData(float* vertexData, unsigned int vertexStart, unsigned int vertexCount)
 {
     GL_ASSERT( glBindBuffer(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, _vertexBuffer) );
 

gameplay/src/Mesh.h

@@ -196,9 +196,8 @@ public:
      * @param vertexData The vertex data to be set.
      * @param vertexStart The index of the starting vertex (0 by default).
      * @param vertexCount The number of vertices to be set (default is 0, for all vertices).
-     * @script{ignore}
      */
-    void setVertexData(void* vertexData, unsigned int vertexStart = 0, unsigned int vertexCount = 0);
+    void setVertexData(float* vertexData, unsigned int vertexStart = 0, unsigned int vertexCount = 0);
 
     /**
      * Creates and adds a new part of primitive data defining how the vertices are connected.

gameplay/src/ScriptController.cpp

@@ -18,27 +18,27 @@ ScriptController* ScriptController::__instance = NULL;
         return NULL; \
     } \
     \
-    /* Create a vector to store the values. */ \
-    std::vector<type> values; \
+    /* Get the size of the array. */ \
+    lua_len(_lua, index); \
+    int size = luaL_checkint(_lua, -1); \
+    if (size <= 0) \
+        return NULL; \
+    \
+    /* Create an array to store the values. */ \
+    type* values = (type*)malloc(sizeof(type)*size); \
     \
     /* Push the first key. */ \
     lua_pushnil(_lua); \
-    while (lua_next(_lua, index) != 0) \
+    int i = 0; \
+    for (; lua_next(_lua, index) != 0 && i < size; i++) \
     { \
-        values.push_back(checkFunc(_lua, -1)); \
+        values[i] = (checkFunc(_lua, -1)); \
         \
         /* Remove the value we just retrieved, but leave the key for the next iteration. */ \
         lua_pop(_lua, 1); \
     } \
     \
-    /* Copy the values into an array. */ \
-    if (values.size() > 0) \
-    { \
-        type* ptr = new type[values.size()]; \
-        std::copy(values.begin(), values.end(), ptr); \
-        return ptr; \
-    } \
-    return NULL
+    return values
 
 
 ScriptController* ScriptController::getInstance()

gameplay/src/ScriptController.inl

@@ -109,31 +109,79 @@ template<typename T>T* ScriptController::getObjectPointer(int index, const char*
 
         return NULL;
     }
-
-    void* p = lua_touserdata(_lua, index);
-    if (p != NULL)
+    else if (lua_type(_lua, index) == LUA_TTABLE)
     {
-        if (lua_getmetatable(_lua, index))
+        // Get the size of the array.
+        lua_len(_lua, index);
+        int size = luaL_checkint(_lua, -1);
+
+        if (size <= 0)
+            return NULL;
+
+        // Create an array to store the values.
+        T* values = (T*)malloc(sizeof(T)*size);
+        
+        // Push the first key.
+        lua_pushnil(_lua);
+        int i = 0;
+        for (; lua_next(_lua, index) != 0 && i < size; i++)
         {
-            // Check if it matches the type's metatable.
-            luaL_getmetatable(_lua, type);
-            if (lua_rawequal(_lua, -1, -2))
+            void* p = lua_touserdata(_lua, -1);
+            if (p != NULL)
             {
-                lua_pop(_lua, 2);
-                T* ptr = (T*)((ScriptController::LuaObject*)p)->instance;
-                if (ptr == NULL && nonNull)
+                if (lua_getmetatable(_lua, -1))
                 {
-                    GP_ERROR("Attempting to pass NULL for required non-NULL parameter at index %d (likely a reference or by-value parameter).", index);
+                    // Check if it matches the type's metatable.
+                    luaL_getmetatable(_lua, type);
+                    if (lua_rawequal(_lua, -1, -2))
+                    {
+                        lua_pop(_lua, 2);
+                        T* ptr = (T*)((ScriptController::LuaObject*)p)->instance;
+                        if (ptr)
+                            memcpy(&values[i], ptr, sizeof(T));
+                        else
+                            memset(&values[i], 0, sizeof(T));
+
+                        lua_pop(_lua, 1);
+                        continue;
+                    }
+                    lua_pop(_lua, 1);
+
+                    // Check if it matches any of the derived types' metatables.
+                    const std::vector<std::string>& types = _hierarchy[type];
+                    for (unsigned int k = 0, count = types.size(); k < count; k++)
+                    {
+                        luaL_getmetatable(_lua, types[k].c_str());
+                        if (lua_rawequal(_lua, -1, -2))
+                        {
+                            lua_pop(_lua, 2);
+                            T* ptr = (T*)((ScriptController::LuaObject*)p)->instance;
+                            if (ptr)
+                                memcpy(&values[i], ptr, sizeof(T));
+                            else
+                                memset(&values[i], 0, sizeof(T));
+                            lua_pop(_lua, 1);
+                            continue;
+                        }
+                        lua_pop(_lua, 1);
+                    }
+            
+                    lua_pop(_lua, 1);
                 }
-                return ptr;
             }
-            lua_pop(_lua, 1);
-
-            // Check if it matches any of the derived types' metatables.
-            const std::vector<std::string>& types = _hierarchy[type];
-            for (unsigned int i = 0, count = types.size(); i < count; i++)
+        }
+        
+        return values;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        void* p = lua_touserdata(_lua, index);
+        if (p != NULL)
+        {
+            if (lua_getmetatable(_lua, index))
             {
-                luaL_getmetatable(_lua, types[i].c_str());
+                // Check if it matches the type's metatable.
+                luaL_getmetatable(_lua, type);
                 if (lua_rawequal(_lua, -1, -2))
                 {
                     lua_pop(_lua, 2);
@@ -145,17 +193,35 @@ template<typename T>T* ScriptController::getObjectPointer(int index, const char*
                     return ptr;
                 }
                 lua_pop(_lua, 1);
-            }
+
+                // Check if it matches any of the derived types' metatables.
+                const std::vector<std::string>& types = _hierarchy[type];
+                for (unsigned int i = 0, count = types.size(); i < count; i++)
+                {
+                    luaL_getmetatable(_lua, types[i].c_str());
+                    if (lua_rawequal(_lua, -1, -2))
+                    {
+                        lua_pop(_lua, 2);
+                        T* ptr = (T*)((ScriptController::LuaObject*)p)->instance;
+                        if (ptr == NULL && nonNull)
+                        {
+                            GP_ERROR("Attempting to pass NULL for required non-NULL parameter at index %d (likely a reference or by-value parameter).", index);
+                        }
+                        return ptr;
+                    }
+                    lua_pop(_lua, 1);
+                }
             
-            lua_pop(_lua, 1);
+                lua_pop(_lua, 1);
+            }
         }
-    }
 
-    if (nonNull)
-    {
-        GP_ERROR("Failed to retrieve a valid object pointer of type '%s' for parameter %d.", type, index);
+        if (nonNull)
+        {
+            GP_ERROR("Failed to retrieve a valid object pointer of type '%s' for parameter %d.", type, index);
+        }
+        return NULL;
     }
-    return NULL;
 }
 
 template<typename T>T* ScriptController::getObjectPointer(const char* type, const char* name)

gameplay/src/lua/lua_AbsoluteLayout.cpp

@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ int lua_AbsoluteLayout__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "AbsoluteLayout");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'AbsoluteLayout' expected.");
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ int lua_AbsoluteLayout_addRef(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 AbsoluteLayout* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->addRef();
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ int lua_AbsoluteLayout_getRefCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 AbsoluteLayout* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getRefCount();
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ int lua_AbsoluteLayout_getType(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 AbsoluteLayout* instance = getInstance(state);
                 Layout::Type result = instance->getType();
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ int lua_AbsoluteLayout_release(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 AbsoluteLayout* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->release();

gameplay/src/lua/lua_Animation.cpp

@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ int lua_Animation__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "Animation");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'Animation' expected.");
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ int lua_Animation_addRef(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Animation* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->addRef();
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ int lua_Animation_createClip(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 4:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER)
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ int lua_Animation_createClips(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ int lua_Animation_getClip(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Animation* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getClip();
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ int lua_Animation_getClip(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ int lua_Animation_getClip(lua_State* state)
 
                 return 1;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ int lua_Animation_getClipCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Animation* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getClipCount();
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ int lua_Animation_getDuration(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Animation* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned long result = instance->getDuration();
@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ int lua_Animation_getId(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Animation* instance = getInstance(state);
                 const char* result = instance->getId();
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ int lua_Animation_getRefCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Animation* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getRefCount();
@@ -470,7 +470,7 @@ int lua_Animation_pause(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Animation* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->pause();
@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ int lua_Animation_pause(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ int lua_Animation_play(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Animation* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->play();
@@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ int lua_Animation_play(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ int lua_Animation_release(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Animation* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->release();
@@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ int lua_Animation_stop(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Animation* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->stop();
@@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ int lua_Animation_stop(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -666,8 +666,8 @@ int lua_Animation_targets(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 AnimationTarget* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<AnimationTarget>(2, "AnimationTarget", false);

gameplay/src/lua/lua_AnimationClip.cpp

@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ int lua_AnimationClip__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "AnimationClip");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'AnimationClip' expected.");
@@ -107,8 +107,8 @@ int lua_AnimationClip_addBeginListener(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 AnimationClip::Listener* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<AnimationClip::Listener>(2, "AnimationClipListener", false);
@@ -145,8 +145,8 @@ int lua_AnimationClip_addEndListener(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 AnimationClip::Listener* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<AnimationClip::Listener>(2, "AnimationClipListener", false);
@@ -183,8 +183,8 @@ int lua_AnimationClip_addListener(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ int lua_AnimationClip_addRef(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 AnimationClip* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->addRef();
@@ -259,8 +259,8 @@ int lua_AnimationClip_crossFade(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ int lua_AnimationClip_getActiveDuration(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 AnimationClip* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned long result = instance->getActiveDuration();
@@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ int lua_AnimationClip_getAnimation(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 AnimationClip* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getAnimation();
@@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ int lua_AnimationClip_getBlendWeight(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 AnimationClip* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getBlendWeight();
@@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ int lua_AnimationClip_getDuration(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 AnimationClip* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned long result = instance->getDuration();
@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ int lua_AnimationClip_getElaspedTime(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 AnimationClip* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getElaspedTime();
@@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ int lua_AnimationClip_getEndTime(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 AnimationClip* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned long result = instance->getEndTime();
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ int lua_AnimationClip_getId(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 AnimationClip* instance = getInstance(state);
                 const char* result = instance->getId();
@@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ int lua_AnimationClip_getRefCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 AnimationClip* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getRefCount();
@@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ int lua_AnimationClip_getRepeatCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 AnimationClip* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getRepeatCount();
@@ -643,7 +643,7 @@ int lua_AnimationClip_getSpeed(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 AnimationClip* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getSpeed();
@@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ int lua_AnimationClip_getStartTime(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 AnimationClip* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned long result = instance->getStartTime();
@@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ int lua_AnimationClip_isPlaying(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 AnimationClip* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isPlaying();
@@ -754,7 +754,7 @@ int lua_AnimationClip_pause(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 AnimationClip* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->pause();
@@ -788,7 +788,7 @@ int lua_AnimationClip_play(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 AnimationClip* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->play();
@@ -822,7 +822,7 @@ int lua_AnimationClip_release(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 AnimationClip* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->release();
@@ -856,7 +856,7 @@ int lua_AnimationClip_setActiveDuration(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -894,7 +894,7 @@ int lua_AnimationClip_setBlendWeight(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -932,7 +932,7 @@ int lua_AnimationClip_setRepeatCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -970,7 +970,7 @@ int lua_AnimationClip_setSpeed(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1025,7 +1025,7 @@ int lua_AnimationClip_stop(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 AnimationClip* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->stop();

gameplay/src/lua/lua_AnimationClipListener.cpp

@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ int lua_AnimationClipListener__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "AnimationClipListener");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'AnimationClipListener' expected.");
@@ -80,8 +80,8 @@ int lua_AnimationClipListener_animationEvent(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.

gameplay/src/lua/lua_AnimationController.cpp

@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ int lua_AnimationController_stopAllAnimations(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 AnimationController* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->stopAllAnimations();

gameplay/src/lua/lua_AnimationTarget.cpp

@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ int lua_AnimationTarget_createAnimation(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -73,9 +73,9 @@ int lua_AnimationTarget_createAnimation(lua_State* state)
 
                 return 1;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 const char* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getString(2, false);
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ int lua_AnimationTarget_createAnimation(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 7:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ int lua_AnimationTarget_createAnimation(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 9:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ int lua_AnimationTarget_createAnimationFromBy(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 7:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA) &&
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ int lua_AnimationTarget_createAnimationFromTo(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 7:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA) &&
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ int lua_AnimationTarget_destroyAnimation(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 AnimationTarget* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->destroyAnimation();
@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ int lua_AnimationTarget_destroyAnimation(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ int lua_AnimationTarget_getAnimation(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 AnimationTarget* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getAnimation();
@@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ int lua_AnimationTarget_getAnimation(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ int lua_AnimationTarget_getAnimationPropertyComponentCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -552,9 +552,9 @@ int lua_AnimationTarget_getAnimationPropertyValue(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 int param1 = (int)luaL_checkint(state, 2);
@@ -594,9 +594,9 @@ int lua_AnimationTarget_setAnimationPropertyValue(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 int param1 = (int)luaL_checkint(state, 2);
@@ -618,9 +618,9 @@ int lua_AnimationTarget_setAnimationPropertyValue(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 4:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.

gameplay/src/lua/lua_AnimationValue.cpp

@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ int lua_AnimationValue_getFloat(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ int lua_AnimationValue_getFloat(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 4:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER)
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ int lua_AnimationValue_setFloat(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ int lua_AnimationValue_setFloat(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 4:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER)

gameplay/src/lua/lua_AudioBuffer.cpp

@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ int lua_AudioBuffer__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "AudioBuffer");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'AudioBuffer' expected.");
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ int lua_AudioBuffer_addRef(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 AudioBuffer* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->addRef();
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ int lua_AudioBuffer_getRefCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 AudioBuffer* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getRefCount();
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ int lua_AudioBuffer_release(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 AudioBuffer* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->release();

gameplay/src/lua/lua_AudioController.cpp

@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ int lua_AudioController__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "AudioController");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'AudioController' expected.");

gameplay/src/lua/lua_AudioListener.cpp

@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ int lua_AudioListener_getCamera(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 AudioListener* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getCamera();
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ int lua_AudioListener_getGain(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 AudioListener* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getGain();
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ int lua_AudioListener_getOrientationForward(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 AudioListener* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getOrientationForward());
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ int lua_AudioListener_getOrientationUp(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 AudioListener* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getOrientationUp());
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ int lua_AudioListener_getPosition(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 AudioListener* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getPosition());
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ int lua_AudioListener_getVelocity(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 AudioListener* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getVelocity());
@@ -320,8 +320,8 @@ int lua_AudioListener_setCamera(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Camera* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Camera>(2, "Camera", false);
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ int lua_AudioListener_setGain(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ int lua_AudioListener_setOrientation(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ int lua_AudioListener_setPosition(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ int lua_AudioListener_setVelocity(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.

gameplay/src/lua/lua_AudioSource.cpp

@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ int lua_AudioSource__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "AudioSource");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'AudioSource' expected.");
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ int lua_AudioSource_addRef(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 AudioSource* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->addRef();
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ int lua_AudioSource_getGain(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 AudioSource* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getGain();
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ int lua_AudioSource_getNode(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 AudioSource* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getNode();
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ int lua_AudioSource_getPitch(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 AudioSource* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getPitch();
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ int lua_AudioSource_getRefCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 AudioSource* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getRefCount();
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ int lua_AudioSource_getState(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 AudioSource* instance = getInstance(state);
                 AudioSource::State result = instance->getState();
@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ int lua_AudioSource_getVelocity(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 AudioSource* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getVelocity());
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ int lua_AudioSource_isLooped(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 AudioSource* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isLooped();
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ int lua_AudioSource_pause(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 AudioSource* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->pause();
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ int lua_AudioSource_play(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 AudioSource* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->play();
@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ int lua_AudioSource_release(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 AudioSource* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->release();
@@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ int lua_AudioSource_resume(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 AudioSource* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->resume();
@@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ int lua_AudioSource_rewind(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 AudioSource* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->rewind();
@@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ int lua_AudioSource_setGain(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ int lua_AudioSource_setLooped(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ int lua_AudioSource_setPitch(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ int lua_AudioSource_setVelocity(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -754,7 +754,7 @@ int lua_AudioSource_static_create(lua_State* state)
 
                 return 1;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Properties* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Properties>(1, "Properties", false);
@@ -802,7 +802,7 @@ int lua_AudioSource_stop(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 AudioSource* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->stop();

gameplay/src/lua/lua_BoundingBox.cpp

@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ int lua_BoundingBox__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "BoundingBox");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'BoundingBox' expected.");
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ int lua_BoundingBox_getCenter(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 BoundingBox* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)new Vector3(instance->getCenter());
@@ -220,8 +220,8 @@ int lua_BoundingBox_getCenter(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Vector3* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Vector3>(2, "Vector3", false);
@@ -258,8 +258,8 @@ int lua_BoundingBox_getCorners(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Vector3* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Vector3>(2, "Vector3", false);
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ int lua_BoundingBox_intersects(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ int lua_BoundingBox_intersects(lua_State* state)
 
                 return 1;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ int lua_BoundingBox_intersects(lua_State* state)
 
                 return 1;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ int lua_BoundingBox_intersects(lua_State* state)
 
                 return 1;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ int lua_BoundingBox_intersects(lua_State* state)
 
                 return 1;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ int lua_BoundingBox_isEmpty(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 BoundingBox* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isEmpty();
@@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ int lua_BoundingBox_merge(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ int lua_BoundingBox_merge(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ int lua_BoundingBox_set(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ int lua_BoundingBox_set(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ int lua_BoundingBox_set(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -665,7 +665,7 @@ int lua_BoundingBox_transform(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.

gameplay/src/lua/lua_BoundingSphere.cpp

@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ int lua_BoundingSphere__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "BoundingSphere");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'BoundingSphere' expected.");
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ int lua_BoundingSphere_intersects(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ int lua_BoundingSphere_intersects(lua_State* state)
 
                 return 1;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ int lua_BoundingSphere_intersects(lua_State* state)
 
                 return 1;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ int lua_BoundingSphere_intersects(lua_State* state)
 
                 return 1;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ int lua_BoundingSphere_intersects(lua_State* state)
 
                 return 1;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ int lua_BoundingSphere_isEmpty(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 BoundingSphere* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isEmpty();
@@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ int lua_BoundingSphere_merge(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ int lua_BoundingSphere_merge(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ int lua_BoundingSphere_set(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ int lua_BoundingSphere_set(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ int lua_BoundingSphere_set(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ int lua_BoundingSphere_transform(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.

gameplay/src/lua/lua_Bundle.cpp

@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ int lua_Bundle__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "Bundle");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'Bundle' expected.");
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ int lua_Bundle_addRef(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Bundle* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->addRef();
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ int lua_Bundle_contains(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ int lua_Bundle_getObjectCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Bundle* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getObjectCount();
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ int lua_Bundle_getObjectID(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ int lua_Bundle_getRefCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Bundle* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getRefCount();
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ int lua_Bundle_loadFont(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ int lua_Bundle_loadMesh(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ int lua_Bundle_loadNode(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ int lua_Bundle_loadScene(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Bundle* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->loadScene();
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ int lua_Bundle_loadScene(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ int lua_Bundle_release(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Bundle* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->release();

gameplay/src/lua/lua_Button.cpp

@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ int lua_Button__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "Button");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'Button' expected.");
@@ -166,8 +166,8 @@ int lua_Button_addListener(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ int lua_Button_addRef(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Button* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->addRef();
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ int lua_Button_createAnimation(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -269,9 +269,9 @@ int lua_Button_createAnimation(lua_State* state)
 
                 return 1;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 const char* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getString(2, false);
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ int lua_Button_createAnimation(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 7:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ int lua_Button_createAnimation(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 9:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ int lua_Button_createAnimationFromBy(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 7:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA) &&
@@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ int lua_Button_createAnimationFromTo(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 7:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA) &&
@@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ int lua_Button_destroyAnimation(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Button* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->destroyAnimation();
@@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ int lua_Button_destroyAnimation(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ int lua_Button_disable(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Button* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->disable();
@@ -663,7 +663,7 @@ int lua_Button_enable(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Button* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->enable();
@@ -697,7 +697,7 @@ int lua_Button_getAlignment(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Button* instance = getInstance(state);
                 Control::Alignment result = instance->getAlignment();
@@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ int lua_Button_getAnimation(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Button* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getAnimation();
@@ -762,7 +762,7 @@ int lua_Button_getAnimation(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ int lua_Button_getAnimationPropertyComponentCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -853,9 +853,9 @@ int lua_Button_getAnimationPropertyValue(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 int param1 = (int)luaL_checkint(state, 2);
@@ -895,7 +895,7 @@ int lua_Button_getAutoHeight(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Button* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->getAutoHeight();
@@ -932,7 +932,7 @@ int lua_Button_getAutoWidth(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Button* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->getAutoWidth();
@@ -969,7 +969,7 @@ int lua_Button_getBorder(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Button* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getBorder());
@@ -997,7 +997,7 @@ int lua_Button_getBorder(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1047,7 +1047,7 @@ int lua_Button_getBounds(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Button* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getBounds());
@@ -1093,7 +1093,7 @@ int lua_Button_getClip(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Button* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getClip());
@@ -1139,7 +1139,7 @@ int lua_Button_getClipBounds(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Button* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getClipBounds());
@@ -1185,7 +1185,7 @@ int lua_Button_getConsumeInputEvents(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Button* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->getConsumeInputEvents();
@@ -1222,7 +1222,7 @@ int lua_Button_getCursorColor(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1272,7 +1272,7 @@ int lua_Button_getCursorRegion(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1322,7 +1322,7 @@ int lua_Button_getCursorUVs(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1372,7 +1372,7 @@ int lua_Button_getFocusIndex(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Button* instance = getInstance(state);
                 int result = instance->getFocusIndex();
@@ -1409,7 +1409,7 @@ int lua_Button_getFont(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Button* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getFont();
@@ -1437,7 +1437,7 @@ int lua_Button_getFont(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1487,7 +1487,7 @@ int lua_Button_getFontSize(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Button* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getFontSize();
@@ -1506,7 +1506,7 @@ int lua_Button_getFontSize(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1547,7 +1547,7 @@ int lua_Button_getHeight(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Button* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getHeight();
@@ -1584,7 +1584,7 @@ int lua_Button_getId(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Button* instance = getInstance(state);
                 const char* result = instance->getId();
@@ -1621,7 +1621,7 @@ int lua_Button_getImageColor(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -1675,7 +1675,7 @@ int lua_Button_getImageRegion(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -1729,7 +1729,7 @@ int lua_Button_getImageUVs(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -1783,7 +1783,7 @@ int lua_Button_getMargin(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Button* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getMargin());
@@ -1829,7 +1829,7 @@ int lua_Button_getOpacity(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Button* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getOpacity();
@@ -1848,7 +1848,7 @@ int lua_Button_getOpacity(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1889,7 +1889,7 @@ int lua_Button_getPadding(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Button* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getPadding());
@@ -1935,7 +1935,7 @@ int lua_Button_getRefCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Button* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getRefCount();
@@ -1972,7 +1972,7 @@ int lua_Button_getSkinColor(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Button* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getSkinColor());
@@ -2000,7 +2000,7 @@ int lua_Button_getSkinColor(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2050,7 +2050,7 @@ int lua_Button_getSkinRegion(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Button* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getSkinRegion());
@@ -2078,7 +2078,7 @@ int lua_Button_getSkinRegion(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2128,7 +2128,7 @@ int lua_Button_getState(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Button* instance = getInstance(state);
                 Control::State result = instance->getState();
@@ -2165,7 +2165,7 @@ int lua_Button_getStyle(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Button* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getStyle();
@@ -2211,7 +2211,7 @@ int lua_Button_getText(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Button* instance = getInstance(state);
                 const char* result = instance->getText();
@@ -2248,7 +2248,7 @@ int lua_Button_getTextAlignment(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Button* instance = getInstance(state);
                 Font::Justify result = instance->getTextAlignment();
@@ -2267,7 +2267,7 @@ int lua_Button_getTextAlignment(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2308,7 +2308,7 @@ int lua_Button_getTextColor(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Button* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getTextColor());
@@ -2336,7 +2336,7 @@ int lua_Button_getTextColor(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2386,7 +2386,7 @@ int lua_Button_getTextRightToLeft(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Button* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->getTextRightToLeft();
@@ -2405,7 +2405,7 @@ int lua_Button_getTextRightToLeft(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2446,7 +2446,7 @@ int lua_Button_getWidth(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Button* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getWidth();
@@ -2483,7 +2483,7 @@ int lua_Button_getX(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Button* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getX();
@@ -2520,7 +2520,7 @@ int lua_Button_getY(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Button* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getY();
@@ -2557,7 +2557,7 @@ int lua_Button_getZIndex(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Button* instance = getInstance(state);
                 int result = instance->getZIndex();
@@ -2594,7 +2594,7 @@ int lua_Button_isContainer(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Button* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isContainer();
@@ -2631,7 +2631,7 @@ int lua_Button_isEnabled(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Button* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isEnabled();
@@ -2668,7 +2668,7 @@ int lua_Button_release(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Button* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->release();
@@ -2702,7 +2702,7 @@ int lua_Button_setAlignment(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2740,9 +2740,9 @@ int lua_Button_setAnimationPropertyValue(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 int param1 = (int)luaL_checkint(state, 2);
@@ -2764,9 +2764,9 @@ int lua_Button_setAnimationPropertyValue(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 4:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2810,7 +2810,7 @@ int lua_Button_setAutoHeight(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2848,7 +2848,7 @@ int lua_Button_setAutoWidth(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2886,7 +2886,7 @@ int lua_Button_setBorder(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 5:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -2918,7 +2918,7 @@ int lua_Button_setBorder(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 6:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -2972,7 +2972,7 @@ int lua_Button_setBounds(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3010,7 +3010,7 @@ int lua_Button_setConsumeInputEvents(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3048,7 +3048,7 @@ int lua_Button_setCursorColor(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -3090,7 +3090,7 @@ int lua_Button_setCursorRegion(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -3132,7 +3132,7 @@ int lua_Button_setFocusIndex(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3170,8 +3170,8 @@ int lua_Button_setFont(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Font* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Font>(2, "Font", false);
@@ -3190,8 +3190,8 @@ int lua_Button_setFont(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3232,7 +3232,7 @@ int lua_Button_setFontSize(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3252,7 +3252,7 @@ int lua_Button_setFontSize(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -3294,7 +3294,7 @@ int lua_Button_setImageColor(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -3318,7 +3318,7 @@ int lua_Button_setImageColor(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 4:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER)
@@ -3364,7 +3364,7 @@ int lua_Button_setImageRegion(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -3388,7 +3388,7 @@ int lua_Button_setImageRegion(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 4:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER)
@@ -3434,7 +3434,7 @@ int lua_Button_setMargin(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 5:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -3484,7 +3484,7 @@ int lua_Button_setOpacity(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3504,7 +3504,7 @@ int lua_Button_setOpacity(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -3546,7 +3546,7 @@ int lua_Button_setPadding(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 5:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -3596,7 +3596,7 @@ int lua_Button_setPosition(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -3638,7 +3638,7 @@ int lua_Button_setSize(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -3680,7 +3680,7 @@ int lua_Button_setSkinColor(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3700,7 +3700,7 @@ int lua_Button_setSkinColor(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -3742,7 +3742,7 @@ int lua_Button_setSkinRegion(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3762,7 +3762,7 @@ int lua_Button_setSkinRegion(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -3804,7 +3804,7 @@ int lua_Button_setState(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3842,8 +3842,8 @@ int lua_Button_setStyle(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Theme::Style* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Theme::Style>(2, "ThemeStyle", false);
@@ -3880,7 +3880,7 @@ int lua_Button_setText(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3918,7 +3918,7 @@ int lua_Button_setTextAlignment(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3938,7 +3938,7 @@ int lua_Button_setTextAlignment(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -3980,7 +3980,7 @@ int lua_Button_setTextColor(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -4000,7 +4000,7 @@ int lua_Button_setTextColor(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -4042,7 +4042,7 @@ int lua_Button_setTextRightToLeft(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -4062,7 +4062,7 @@ int lua_Button_setTextRightToLeft(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -4104,7 +4104,7 @@ int lua_Button_setZIndex(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -4262,7 +4262,7 @@ int lua_Button_static_create(lua_State* state)
         case 2:
         {
             if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 const char* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getString(1, false);

gameplay/src/lua/lua_Camera.cpp

@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ int lua_Camera__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "Camera");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'Camera' expected.");
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ int lua_Camera_addRef(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Camera* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->addRef();
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ int lua_Camera_getAspectRatio(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Camera* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getAspectRatio();
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ int lua_Camera_getCameraType(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Camera* instance = getInstance(state);
                 Camera::Type result = instance->getCameraType();
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ int lua_Camera_getFarPlane(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Camera* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getFarPlane();
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ int lua_Camera_getFieldOfView(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Camera* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getFieldOfView();
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ int lua_Camera_getFrustum(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Camera* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getFrustum());
@@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ int lua_Camera_getInverseViewMatrix(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Camera* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getInverseViewMatrix());
@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ int lua_Camera_getInverseViewProjectionMatrix(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Camera* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getInverseViewProjectionMatrix());
@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ int lua_Camera_getNearPlane(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Camera* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getNearPlane();
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ int lua_Camera_getNode(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Camera* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getNode();
@@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ int lua_Camera_getProjectionMatrix(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Camera* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getProjectionMatrix());
@@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ int lua_Camera_getRefCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Camera* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getRefCount();
@@ -595,7 +595,7 @@ int lua_Camera_getViewMatrix(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Camera* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getViewMatrix());
@@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ int lua_Camera_getViewProjectionMatrix(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Camera* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getViewProjectionMatrix());
@@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ int lua_Camera_getZoomX(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Camera* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getZoomX();
@@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ int lua_Camera_getZoomY(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Camera* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getZoomY();
@@ -761,11 +761,11 @@ int lua_Camera_pickRay(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 5:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Rectangle* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Rectangle>(2, "Rectangle", true);
@@ -811,7 +811,7 @@ int lua_Camera_project(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 5:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA) &&
@@ -843,7 +843,7 @@ int lua_Camera_project(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 6:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA) &&
@@ -897,7 +897,7 @@ int lua_Camera_release(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Camera* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->release();
@@ -931,7 +931,7 @@ int lua_Camera_setAspectRatio(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -969,7 +969,7 @@ int lua_Camera_setFarPlane(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1007,7 +1007,7 @@ int lua_Camera_setFieldOfView(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1045,7 +1045,7 @@ int lua_Camera_setNearPlane(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@ int lua_Camera_setZoomX(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1121,7 +1121,7 @@ int lua_Camera_setZoomY(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1283,12 +1283,12 @@ int lua_Camera_unproject(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 6:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Rectangle* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Rectangle>(2, "Rectangle", true);

gameplay/src/lua/lua_Control.cpp

@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ int lua_Control__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "Control");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'Control' expected.");
@@ -164,8 +164,8 @@ int lua_Control_addListener(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ int lua_Control_addRef(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Control* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->addRef();
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ int lua_Control_createAnimation(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -267,9 +267,9 @@ int lua_Control_createAnimation(lua_State* state)
 
                 return 1;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 const char* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getString(2, false);
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ int lua_Control_createAnimation(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 7:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ int lua_Control_createAnimation(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 9:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ int lua_Control_createAnimationFromBy(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 7:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA) &&
@@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ int lua_Control_createAnimationFromTo(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 7:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA) &&
@@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ int lua_Control_destroyAnimation(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Control* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->destroyAnimation();
@@ -589,7 +589,7 @@ int lua_Control_destroyAnimation(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -627,7 +627,7 @@ int lua_Control_disable(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Control* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->disable();
@@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ int lua_Control_enable(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Control* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->enable();
@@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ int lua_Control_getAlignment(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Control* instance = getInstance(state);
                 Control::Alignment result = instance->getAlignment();
@@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ int lua_Control_getAnimation(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Control* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getAnimation();
@@ -760,7 +760,7 @@ int lua_Control_getAnimation(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -810,7 +810,7 @@ int lua_Control_getAnimationPropertyComponentCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -851,9 +851,9 @@ int lua_Control_getAnimationPropertyValue(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 int param1 = (int)luaL_checkint(state, 2);
@@ -893,7 +893,7 @@ int lua_Control_getAutoHeight(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Control* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->getAutoHeight();
@@ -930,7 +930,7 @@ int lua_Control_getAutoWidth(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Control* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->getAutoWidth();
@@ -967,7 +967,7 @@ int lua_Control_getBorder(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Control* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getBorder());
@@ -995,7 +995,7 @@ int lua_Control_getBorder(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1045,7 +1045,7 @@ int lua_Control_getBounds(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Control* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getBounds());
@@ -1091,7 +1091,7 @@ int lua_Control_getClip(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Control* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getClip());
@@ -1137,7 +1137,7 @@ int lua_Control_getClipBounds(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Control* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getClipBounds());
@@ -1183,7 +1183,7 @@ int lua_Control_getConsumeInputEvents(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Control* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->getConsumeInputEvents();
@@ -1220,7 +1220,7 @@ int lua_Control_getCursorColor(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1270,7 +1270,7 @@ int lua_Control_getCursorRegion(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ int lua_Control_getCursorUVs(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1370,7 +1370,7 @@ int lua_Control_getFocusIndex(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Control* instance = getInstance(state);
                 int result = instance->getFocusIndex();
@@ -1407,7 +1407,7 @@ int lua_Control_getFont(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Control* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getFont();
@@ -1435,7 +1435,7 @@ int lua_Control_getFont(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1485,7 +1485,7 @@ int lua_Control_getFontSize(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Control* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getFontSize();
@@ -1504,7 +1504,7 @@ int lua_Control_getFontSize(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1545,7 +1545,7 @@ int lua_Control_getHeight(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Control* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getHeight();
@@ -1582,7 +1582,7 @@ int lua_Control_getId(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Control* instance = getInstance(state);
                 const char* result = instance->getId();
@@ -1619,7 +1619,7 @@ int lua_Control_getImageColor(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -1673,7 +1673,7 @@ int lua_Control_getImageRegion(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -1727,7 +1727,7 @@ int lua_Control_getImageUVs(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -1781,7 +1781,7 @@ int lua_Control_getMargin(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Control* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getMargin());
@@ -1827,7 +1827,7 @@ int lua_Control_getOpacity(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Control* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getOpacity();
@@ -1846,7 +1846,7 @@ int lua_Control_getOpacity(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1887,7 +1887,7 @@ int lua_Control_getPadding(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Control* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getPadding());
@@ -1933,7 +1933,7 @@ int lua_Control_getRefCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Control* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getRefCount();
@@ -1970,7 +1970,7 @@ int lua_Control_getSkinColor(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Control* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getSkinColor());
@@ -1998,7 +1998,7 @@ int lua_Control_getSkinColor(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2048,7 +2048,7 @@ int lua_Control_getSkinRegion(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Control* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getSkinRegion());
@@ -2076,7 +2076,7 @@ int lua_Control_getSkinRegion(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2126,7 +2126,7 @@ int lua_Control_getState(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Control* instance = getInstance(state);
                 Control::State result = instance->getState();
@@ -2163,7 +2163,7 @@ int lua_Control_getStyle(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Control* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getStyle();
@@ -2209,7 +2209,7 @@ int lua_Control_getTextAlignment(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Control* instance = getInstance(state);
                 Font::Justify result = instance->getTextAlignment();
@@ -2228,7 +2228,7 @@ int lua_Control_getTextAlignment(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2269,7 +2269,7 @@ int lua_Control_getTextColor(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Control* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getTextColor());
@@ -2297,7 +2297,7 @@ int lua_Control_getTextColor(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2347,7 +2347,7 @@ int lua_Control_getTextRightToLeft(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Control* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->getTextRightToLeft();
@@ -2366,7 +2366,7 @@ int lua_Control_getTextRightToLeft(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2407,7 +2407,7 @@ int lua_Control_getType(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Control* instance = getInstance(state);
                 const char* result = instance->getType();
@@ -2444,7 +2444,7 @@ int lua_Control_getWidth(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Control* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getWidth();
@@ -2481,7 +2481,7 @@ int lua_Control_getX(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Control* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getX();
@@ -2518,7 +2518,7 @@ int lua_Control_getY(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Control* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getY();
@@ -2555,7 +2555,7 @@ int lua_Control_getZIndex(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Control* instance = getInstance(state);
                 int result = instance->getZIndex();
@@ -2592,7 +2592,7 @@ int lua_Control_isContainer(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Control* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isContainer();
@@ -2629,7 +2629,7 @@ int lua_Control_isEnabled(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Control* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isEnabled();
@@ -2666,7 +2666,7 @@ int lua_Control_release(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Control* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->release();
@@ -2700,7 +2700,7 @@ int lua_Control_setAlignment(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2738,9 +2738,9 @@ int lua_Control_setAnimationPropertyValue(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 int param1 = (int)luaL_checkint(state, 2);
@@ -2762,9 +2762,9 @@ int lua_Control_setAnimationPropertyValue(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 4:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2808,7 +2808,7 @@ int lua_Control_setAutoHeight(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2846,7 +2846,7 @@ int lua_Control_setAutoWidth(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2884,7 +2884,7 @@ int lua_Control_setBorder(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 5:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -2916,7 +2916,7 @@ int lua_Control_setBorder(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 6:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -2970,7 +2970,7 @@ int lua_Control_setBounds(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3008,7 +3008,7 @@ int lua_Control_setConsumeInputEvents(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3046,7 +3046,7 @@ int lua_Control_setCursorColor(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -3088,7 +3088,7 @@ int lua_Control_setCursorRegion(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -3130,7 +3130,7 @@ int lua_Control_setFocusIndex(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3168,8 +3168,8 @@ int lua_Control_setFont(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Font* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Font>(2, "Font", false);
@@ -3188,8 +3188,8 @@ int lua_Control_setFont(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3230,7 +3230,7 @@ int lua_Control_setFontSize(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3250,7 +3250,7 @@ int lua_Control_setFontSize(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -3292,7 +3292,7 @@ int lua_Control_setImageColor(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -3316,7 +3316,7 @@ int lua_Control_setImageColor(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 4:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER)
@@ -3362,7 +3362,7 @@ int lua_Control_setImageRegion(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -3386,7 +3386,7 @@ int lua_Control_setImageRegion(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 4:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER)
@@ -3432,7 +3432,7 @@ int lua_Control_setMargin(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 5:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -3482,7 +3482,7 @@ int lua_Control_setOpacity(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3502,7 +3502,7 @@ int lua_Control_setOpacity(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -3544,7 +3544,7 @@ int lua_Control_setPadding(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 5:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -3594,7 +3594,7 @@ int lua_Control_setPosition(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -3636,7 +3636,7 @@ int lua_Control_setSize(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -3678,7 +3678,7 @@ int lua_Control_setSkinColor(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3698,7 +3698,7 @@ int lua_Control_setSkinColor(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -3740,7 +3740,7 @@ int lua_Control_setSkinRegion(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3760,7 +3760,7 @@ int lua_Control_setSkinRegion(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -3802,7 +3802,7 @@ int lua_Control_setState(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3840,8 +3840,8 @@ int lua_Control_setStyle(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Theme::Style* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Theme::Style>(2, "ThemeStyle", false);
@@ -3878,7 +3878,7 @@ int lua_Control_setTextAlignment(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3898,7 +3898,7 @@ int lua_Control_setTextAlignment(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -3940,7 +3940,7 @@ int lua_Control_setTextColor(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3960,7 +3960,7 @@ int lua_Control_setTextColor(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -4002,7 +4002,7 @@ int lua_Control_setTextRightToLeft(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -4022,7 +4022,7 @@ int lua_Control_setTextRightToLeft(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -4064,7 +4064,7 @@ int lua_Control_setZIndex(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.

gameplay/src/lua/lua_ControlListener.cpp

@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ int lua_ControlListener__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "ControlListener");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'ControlListener' expected.");
@@ -80,8 +80,8 @@ int lua_ControlListener_controlEvent(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.

gameplay/src/lua/lua_Curve.cpp

@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ int lua_Curve__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "Curve");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'Curve' expected.");
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ int lua_Curve_addRef(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Curve* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->addRef();
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ int lua_Curve_evaluate(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA))
             {
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ int lua_Curve_getComponentCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Curve* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getComponentCount();
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ int lua_Curve_getEndTime(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Curve* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getEndTime();
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ int lua_Curve_getPointCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Curve* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getPointCount();
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ int lua_Curve_getRefCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Curve* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getRefCount();
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ int lua_Curve_getStartTime(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Curve* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getStartTime();
@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ int lua_Curve_release(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Curve* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->release();
@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ int lua_Curve_setPoint(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 5:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA) &&
@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ int lua_Curve_setPoint(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 7:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA) &&
@@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ int lua_Curve_setTangent(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 5:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA) &&

gameplay/src/lua/lua_DepthStencilTarget.cpp

@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ int lua_DepthStencilTarget__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "DepthStencilTarget");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'DepthStencilTarget' expected.");
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ int lua_DepthStencilTarget_addRef(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 DepthStencilTarget* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->addRef();
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ int lua_DepthStencilTarget_getFormat(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 DepthStencilTarget* instance = getInstance(state);
                 DepthStencilTarget::Format result = instance->getFormat();
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ int lua_DepthStencilTarget_getId(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 DepthStencilTarget* instance = getInstance(state);
                 const char* result = instance->getId();
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ int lua_DepthStencilTarget_getRefCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 DepthStencilTarget* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getRefCount();
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ int lua_DepthStencilTarget_release(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 DepthStencilTarget* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->release();

gameplay/src/lua/lua_Effect.cpp

@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ int lua_Effect__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "Effect");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'Effect' expected.");
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ int lua_Effect_addRef(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Effect* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->addRef();
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ int lua_Effect_bind(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Effect* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->bind();
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ int lua_Effect_getId(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Effect* instance = getInstance(state);
                 const char* result = instance->getId();
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ int lua_Effect_getRefCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Effect* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getRefCount();
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ int lua_Effect_getUniform(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ int lua_Effect_getUniform(lua_State* state)
 
                 return 1;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ int lua_Effect_getUniformCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Effect* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getUniformCount();
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ int lua_Effect_getVertexAttribute(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ int lua_Effect_release(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Effect* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->release();
@@ -429,8 +429,8 @@ int lua_Effect_setValue(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -444,8 +444,8 @@ int lua_Effect_setValue(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -459,8 +459,8 @@ int lua_Effect_setValue(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -474,8 +474,8 @@ int lua_Effect_setValue(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -489,8 +489,8 @@ int lua_Effect_setValue(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -504,9 +504,9 @@ int lua_Effect_setValue(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Uniform* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Uniform>(2, "Uniform", false);
@@ -519,8 +519,8 @@ int lua_Effect_setValue(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -534,9 +534,9 @@ int lua_Effect_setValue(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Uniform* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Uniform>(2, "Uniform", false);
@@ -549,8 +549,8 @@ int lua_Effect_setValue(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -564,9 +564,9 @@ int lua_Effect_setValue(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Uniform* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Uniform>(2, "Uniform", false);
@@ -579,8 +579,8 @@ int lua_Effect_setValue(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -594,9 +594,9 @@ int lua_Effect_setValue(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Uniform* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Uniform>(2, "Uniform", false);
@@ -609,9 +609,9 @@ int lua_Effect_setValue(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Uniform* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Uniform>(2, "Uniform", false);
@@ -633,8 +633,8 @@ int lua_Effect_setValue(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 4:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -652,8 +652,8 @@ int lua_Effect_setValue(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -671,9 +671,9 @@ int lua_Effect_setValue(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -690,9 +690,9 @@ int lua_Effect_setValue(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -709,9 +709,9 @@ int lua_Effect_setValue(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -728,9 +728,9 @@ int lua_Effect_setValue(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.

gameplay/src/lua/lua_FileSystem.cpp

@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ int lua_FileSystem__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "FileSystem");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'FileSystem' expected.");
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ int lua_FileSystem_static_loadResourceAliases(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Properties* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Properties>(1, "Properties", false);

gameplay/src/lua/lua_FlowLayout.cpp

@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ int lua_FlowLayout__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "FlowLayout");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'FlowLayout' expected.");
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ int lua_FlowLayout_addRef(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 FlowLayout* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->addRef();
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ int lua_FlowLayout_getRefCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 FlowLayout* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getRefCount();
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ int lua_FlowLayout_getType(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 FlowLayout* instance = getInstance(state);
                 Layout::Type result = instance->getType();
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ int lua_FlowLayout_release(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 FlowLayout* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->release();

gameplay/src/lua/lua_Font.cpp

@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ int lua_Font__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "Font");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'Font' expected.");
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ int lua_Font_addRef(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Font* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->addRef();
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ int lua_Font_begin(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Font* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->begin();
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ int lua_Font_createText(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 4:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL))
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ int lua_Font_createText(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 5:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL) &&
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ int lua_Font_createText(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 6:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL) &&
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ int lua_Font_createText(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 7:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL) &&
@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ int lua_Font_createText(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 8:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL) &&
@@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ int lua_Font_createText(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 9:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL) &&
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ int lua_Font_createText(lua_State* state)
                 (lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 7) == LUA_TBOOLEAN &&
                 lua_type(state, 8) == LUA_TBOOLEAN &&
-                (lua_type(state, 9) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 9) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 9) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 9) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 9) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 const char* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getString(2, false);
@@ -481,8 +481,8 @@ int lua_Font_drawText(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Font::Text* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Font::Text>(2, "FontText", false);
@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ int lua_Font_drawText(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 4:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL))
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ int lua_Font_drawText(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 5:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ int lua_Font_drawText(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL) &&
@@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ int lua_Font_drawText(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 6:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -611,7 +611,7 @@ int lua_Font_drawText(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL) &&
@@ -647,7 +647,7 @@ int lua_Font_drawText(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 7:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -678,7 +678,7 @@ int lua_Font_drawText(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL) &&
@@ -718,7 +718,7 @@ int lua_Font_drawText(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 8:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL) &&
@@ -762,7 +762,7 @@ int lua_Font_drawText(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 9:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL) &&
@@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ int lua_Font_drawText(lua_State* state)
                 (lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 7) == LUA_TBOOLEAN &&
                 lua_type(state, 8) == LUA_TBOOLEAN &&
-                (lua_type(state, 9) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 9) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 9) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 9) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 9) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 const char* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getString(2, false);
@@ -828,7 +828,7 @@ int lua_Font_finish(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Font* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->finish();
@@ -862,12 +862,12 @@ int lua_Font_getIndexAtLocation(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 6:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 const char* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getString(2, false);
@@ -901,12 +901,12 @@ int lua_Font_getIndexAtLocation(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 7:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 7) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 7) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -944,12 +944,12 @@ int lua_Font_getIndexAtLocation(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 8:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 7) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 7) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 8) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
@@ -991,12 +991,12 @@ int lua_Font_getIndexAtLocation(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 9:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 7) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 7) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 8) == LUA_TBOOLEAN &&
                 lua_type(state, 9) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
@@ -1060,11 +1060,11 @@ int lua_Font_getLocationAtIndex(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 6:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1096,11 +1096,11 @@ int lua_Font_getLocationAtIndex(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 7:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 (lua_type(state, 7) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 7) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -1136,11 +1136,11 @@ int lua_Font_getLocationAtIndex(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 8:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 (lua_type(state, 7) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 7) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 8) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
@@ -1180,11 +1180,11 @@ int lua_Font_getLocationAtIndex(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 9:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 (lua_type(state, 7) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 7) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 8) == LUA_TBOOLEAN &&
@@ -1246,7 +1246,7 @@ int lua_Font_getRefCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Font* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getRefCount();
@@ -1283,7 +1283,7 @@ int lua_Font_getSize(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Font* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getSize();
@@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ int lua_Font_getSpriteBatch(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Font* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getSpriteBatch();
@@ -1366,7 +1366,7 @@ int lua_Font_measureText(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 5:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA) &&
@@ -1389,11 +1389,11 @@ int lua_Font_measureText(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 const char* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getString(2, false);
@@ -1421,11 +1421,11 @@ int lua_Font_measureText(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 6:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1457,11 +1457,11 @@ int lua_Font_measureText(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 7:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 7) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
@@ -1497,11 +1497,11 @@ int lua_Font_measureText(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 8:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 7) == LUA_TBOOLEAN &&
                 lua_type(state, 8) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
@@ -1559,7 +1559,7 @@ int lua_Font_release(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Font* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->release();
@@ -1660,9 +1660,9 @@ int lua_Font_static_create(lua_State* state)
             if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 const char* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getString(1, false);

gameplay/src/lua/lua_FontGlyph.cpp

@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ int lua_FontGlyph__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "FontGlyph");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'FontGlyph' expected.");

gameplay/src/lua/lua_FontText.cpp

@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ int lua_FontText__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "FontText");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'FontText' expected.");
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ int lua_FontText_getText(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Font::Text* instance = getInstance(state);
                 const char* result = instance->getText();

gameplay/src/lua/lua_FrameBuffer.cpp

@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ int lua_FrameBuffer__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "FrameBuffer");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'FrameBuffer' expected.");
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ int lua_FrameBuffer_addRef(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 FrameBuffer* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->addRef();
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ int lua_FrameBuffer_bind(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 FrameBuffer* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->bind();
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ int lua_FrameBuffer_getDepthStencilTarget(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 FrameBuffer* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getDepthStencilTarget();
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ int lua_FrameBuffer_getHeight(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 FrameBuffer* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getHeight();
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ int lua_FrameBuffer_getId(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 FrameBuffer* instance = getInstance(state);
                 const char* result = instance->getId();
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ int lua_FrameBuffer_getRefCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 FrameBuffer* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getRefCount();
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ int lua_FrameBuffer_getRenderTarget(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 FrameBuffer* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getRenderTarget();
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ int lua_FrameBuffer_getRenderTarget(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ int lua_FrameBuffer_getWidth(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 FrameBuffer* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getWidth();
@@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ int lua_FrameBuffer_release(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 FrameBuffer* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->release();
@@ -470,8 +470,8 @@ int lua_FrameBuffer_setDepthStencilTarget(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 DepthStencilTarget* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<DepthStencilTarget>(2, "DepthStencilTarget", false);
@@ -508,8 +508,8 @@ int lua_FrameBuffer_setRenderTarget(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 RenderTarget* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<RenderTarget>(2, "RenderTarget", false);
@@ -528,8 +528,8 @@ int lua_FrameBuffer_setRenderTarget(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.

gameplay/src/lua/lua_Frustum.cpp

@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ int lua_Frustum__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "Frustum");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'Frustum' expected.");
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ int lua_Frustum_getBottom(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Frustum* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getBottom());
@@ -222,8 +222,8 @@ int lua_Frustum_getCorners(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Vector3* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Vector3>(2, "Vector3", false);
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ int lua_Frustum_getFar(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Frustum* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getFar());
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ int lua_Frustum_getLeft(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Frustum* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getLeft());
@@ -352,8 +352,8 @@ int lua_Frustum_getMatrix(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Matrix* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Matrix>(2, "Matrix", false);
@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ int lua_Frustum_getNear(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Frustum* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getNear());
@@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ int lua_Frustum_getRight(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Frustum* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getRight());
@@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ int lua_Frustum_getTop(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Frustum* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getTop());
@@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ int lua_Frustum_intersects(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ int lua_Frustum_intersects(lua_State* state)
 
                 return 1;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ int lua_Frustum_intersects(lua_State* state)
 
                 return 1;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ int lua_Frustum_intersects(lua_State* state)
 
                 return 1;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ int lua_Frustum_intersects(lua_State* state)
 
                 return 1;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ int lua_Frustum_set(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -636,7 +636,7 @@ int lua_Frustum_set(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.

gameplay/src/lua/lua_Game.cpp

@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ int lua_Game__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "Game");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'Game' expected.");
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ int lua_Game_clear(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 5:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ int lua_Game_displayKeyboard(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ int lua_Game_exit(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Game* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->exit();
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ int lua_Game_frame(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Game* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->frame();
@@ -270,9 +270,9 @@ int lua_Game_gamepadEvent(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Gamepad::GamepadEvent param1 = (Gamepad::GamepadEvent)lua_enumFromString_GamepadGamepadEvent(luaL_checkstring(state, 2));
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ int lua_Game_getAccelerometerValues(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA))
             {
@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ int lua_Game_getAnimationController(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Game* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getAnimationController();
@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ int lua_Game_getAudioController(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Game* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getAudioController();
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ int lua_Game_getAudioListener(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Game* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getAudioListener();
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ int lua_Game_getConfig(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Game* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getConfig();
@@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ int lua_Game_getFrameRate(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Game* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getFrameRate();
@@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ int lua_Game_getGamepad(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Game* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getGamepad();
@@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ int lua_Game_getGamepad(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ int lua_Game_getGamepadCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Game* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getGamepadCount();
@@ -690,7 +690,7 @@ int lua_Game_getHeight(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Game* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getHeight();
@@ -727,7 +727,7 @@ int lua_Game_getPhysicsController(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Game* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getPhysicsController();
@@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ int lua_Game_getState(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Game* instance = getInstance(state);
                 Game::State result = instance->getState();
@@ -810,7 +810,7 @@ int lua_Game_getViewport(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Game* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getViewport());
@@ -856,7 +856,7 @@ int lua_Game_getWidth(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Game* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getWidth();
@@ -893,7 +893,7 @@ int lua_Game_isMultiTouch(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Game* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isMultiTouch();
@@ -930,7 +930,7 @@ int lua_Game_keyEvent(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -972,7 +972,7 @@ int lua_Game_menu(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Game* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->menu();
@@ -1006,7 +1006,7 @@ int lua_Game_mouseEvent(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 5:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -1059,7 +1059,7 @@ int lua_Game_pause(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Game* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->pause();
@@ -1093,7 +1093,7 @@ int lua_Game_resume(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Game* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->resume();
@@ -1127,7 +1127,7 @@ int lua_Game_run(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Game* instance = getInstance(state);
                 int result = instance->run();
@@ -1164,7 +1164,7 @@ int lua_Game_setMultiTouch(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1202,7 +1202,7 @@ int lua_Game_setViewport(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1397,7 +1397,7 @@ int lua_Game_touchEvent(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 5:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&

gameplay/src/lua/lua_Gamepad.cpp

@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ int lua_Gamepad_draw(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Gamepad* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->draw();
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ int lua_Gamepad_getButtonCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Gamepad* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getButtonCount();
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ int lua_Gamepad_getButtonState(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ int lua_Gamepad_getForm(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Gamepad* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getForm();
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ int lua_Gamepad_getId(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Gamepad* instance = getInstance(state);
                 const char* result = instance->getId();
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ int lua_Gamepad_getJoystickCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Gamepad* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getJoystickCount();
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ int lua_Gamepad_getJoystickValue(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ int lua_Gamepad_isJoystickActive(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ int lua_Gamepad_isVirtual(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Gamepad* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isVirtual();
@@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ int lua_Gamepad_update(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.

gameplay/src/lua/lua_Image.cpp

@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ int lua_Image__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "Image");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'Image' expected.");
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ int lua_Image_addRef(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Image* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->addRef();
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ int lua_Image_getFormat(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Image* instance = getInstance(state);
                 Image::Format result = instance->getFormat();
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ int lua_Image_getHeight(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Image* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getHeight();
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ int lua_Image_getRefCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Image* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getRefCount();
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ int lua_Image_getWidth(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Image* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getWidth();
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ int lua_Image_release(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Image* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->release();

gameplay/src/lua/lua_Joystick.cpp

@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ int lua_Joystick__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "Joystick");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'Joystick' expected.");
@@ -170,8 +170,8 @@ int lua_Joystick_addListener(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_addRef(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Joystick* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->addRef();
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_createAnimation(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -273,9 +273,9 @@ int lua_Joystick_createAnimation(lua_State* state)
 
                 return 1;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 const char* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getString(2, false);
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_createAnimation(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 7:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_createAnimation(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 9:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_createAnimationFromBy(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 7:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA) &&
@@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_createAnimationFromTo(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 7:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA) &&
@@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_destroyAnimation(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Joystick* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->destroyAnimation();
@@ -595,7 +595,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_destroyAnimation(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_disable(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Joystick* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->disable();
@@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_enable(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Joystick* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->enable();
@@ -701,7 +701,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getAlignment(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Joystick* instance = getInstance(state);
                 Control::Alignment result = instance->getAlignment();
@@ -738,7 +738,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getAnimation(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Joystick* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getAnimation();
@@ -766,7 +766,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getAnimation(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -816,7 +816,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getAnimationPropertyComponentCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -857,9 +857,9 @@ int lua_Joystick_getAnimationPropertyValue(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 int param1 = (int)luaL_checkint(state, 2);
@@ -899,7 +899,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getAutoHeight(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Joystick* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->getAutoHeight();
@@ -936,7 +936,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getAutoWidth(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Joystick* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->getAutoWidth();
@@ -973,7 +973,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getBorder(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Joystick* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getBorder());
@@ -1001,7 +1001,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getBorder(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1051,7 +1051,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getBounds(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Joystick* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getBounds());
@@ -1097,7 +1097,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getClip(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Joystick* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getClip());
@@ -1143,7 +1143,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getClipBounds(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Joystick* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getClipBounds());
@@ -1189,7 +1189,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getConsumeInputEvents(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Joystick* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->getConsumeInputEvents();
@@ -1226,7 +1226,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getCursorColor(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1276,7 +1276,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getCursorRegion(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1326,7 +1326,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getCursorUVs(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1376,7 +1376,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getFocusIndex(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Joystick* instance = getInstance(state);
                 int result = instance->getFocusIndex();
@@ -1413,7 +1413,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getFont(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Joystick* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getFont();
@@ -1441,7 +1441,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getFont(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1491,7 +1491,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getFontSize(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Joystick* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getFontSize();
@@ -1510,7 +1510,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getFontSize(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1551,7 +1551,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getHeight(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Joystick* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getHeight();
@@ -1588,7 +1588,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getId(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Joystick* instance = getInstance(state);
                 const char* result = instance->getId();
@@ -1625,7 +1625,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getImageColor(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -1679,7 +1679,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getImageRegion(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -1733,7 +1733,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getImageUVs(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -1787,7 +1787,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getMargin(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Joystick* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getMargin());
@@ -1833,7 +1833,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getOpacity(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Joystick* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getOpacity();
@@ -1852,7 +1852,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getOpacity(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1893,7 +1893,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getPadding(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Joystick* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getPadding());
@@ -1939,7 +1939,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getRefCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Joystick* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getRefCount();
@@ -1976,7 +1976,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getRegion(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Joystick* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getRegion());
@@ -2022,7 +2022,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getSkinColor(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Joystick* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getSkinColor());
@@ -2050,7 +2050,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getSkinColor(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2100,7 +2100,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getSkinRegion(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Joystick* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getSkinRegion());
@@ -2128,7 +2128,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getSkinRegion(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2178,7 +2178,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getState(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Joystick* instance = getInstance(state);
                 Control::State result = instance->getState();
@@ -2215,7 +2215,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getStyle(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Joystick* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getStyle();
@@ -2261,7 +2261,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getTextAlignment(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Joystick* instance = getInstance(state);
                 Font::Justify result = instance->getTextAlignment();
@@ -2280,7 +2280,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getTextAlignment(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2321,7 +2321,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getTextColor(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Joystick* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getTextColor());
@@ -2349,7 +2349,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getTextColor(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2399,7 +2399,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getTextRightToLeft(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Joystick* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->getTextRightToLeft();
@@ -2418,7 +2418,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getTextRightToLeft(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2459,7 +2459,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getType(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Joystick* instance = getInstance(state);
                 const char* result = instance->getType();
@@ -2496,7 +2496,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getValue(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Joystick* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getValue());
@@ -2542,7 +2542,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getWidth(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Joystick* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getWidth();
@@ -2579,7 +2579,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getX(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Joystick* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getX();
@@ -2616,7 +2616,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getY(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Joystick* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getY();
@@ -2653,7 +2653,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_getZIndex(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Joystick* instance = getInstance(state);
                 int result = instance->getZIndex();
@@ -2690,7 +2690,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_isAbsolute(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Joystick* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isAbsolute();
@@ -2727,7 +2727,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_isContainer(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Joystick* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isContainer();
@@ -2764,7 +2764,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_isEnabled(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Joystick* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isEnabled();
@@ -2801,7 +2801,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_release(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Joystick* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->release();
@@ -2835,7 +2835,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_setAbsolute(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2873,7 +2873,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_setAlignment(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2911,9 +2911,9 @@ int lua_Joystick_setAnimationPropertyValue(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 int param1 = (int)luaL_checkint(state, 2);
@@ -2935,9 +2935,9 @@ int lua_Joystick_setAnimationPropertyValue(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 4:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2981,7 +2981,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_setAutoHeight(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3019,7 +3019,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_setAutoWidth(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3057,7 +3057,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_setBorder(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 5:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -3089,7 +3089,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_setBorder(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 6:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -3143,7 +3143,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_setBounds(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3181,7 +3181,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_setConsumeInputEvents(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3219,7 +3219,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_setCursorColor(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -3261,7 +3261,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_setCursorRegion(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -3303,7 +3303,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_setFocusIndex(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3341,8 +3341,8 @@ int lua_Joystick_setFont(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Font* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Font>(2, "Font", false);
@@ -3361,8 +3361,8 @@ int lua_Joystick_setFont(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3403,7 +3403,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_setFontSize(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3423,7 +3423,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_setFontSize(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -3465,7 +3465,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_setImageColor(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -3489,7 +3489,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_setImageColor(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 4:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER)
@@ -3535,7 +3535,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_setImageRegion(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -3559,7 +3559,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_setImageRegion(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 4:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER)
@@ -3605,7 +3605,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_setMargin(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 5:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -3655,7 +3655,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_setOpacity(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3675,7 +3675,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_setOpacity(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -3717,7 +3717,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_setPadding(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 5:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -3767,7 +3767,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_setPosition(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -3809,7 +3809,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_setRegion(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3847,7 +3847,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_setSize(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -3889,7 +3889,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_setSkinColor(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3909,7 +3909,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_setSkinColor(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -3951,7 +3951,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_setSkinRegion(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3971,7 +3971,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_setSkinRegion(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -4013,7 +4013,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_setState(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -4051,8 +4051,8 @@ int lua_Joystick_setStyle(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Theme::Style* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Theme::Style>(2, "ThemeStyle", false);
@@ -4089,7 +4089,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_setTextAlignment(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -4109,7 +4109,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_setTextAlignment(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -4151,7 +4151,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_setTextColor(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -4171,7 +4171,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_setTextColor(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -4213,7 +4213,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_setTextRightToLeft(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -4233,7 +4233,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_setTextRightToLeft(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -4275,7 +4275,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_setZIndex(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -4433,7 +4433,7 @@ int lua_Joystick_static_create(lua_State* state)
         case 2:
         {
             if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 const char* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getString(1, false);

gameplay/src/lua/lua_Keyboard.cpp

@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ int lua_Keyboard__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "Keyboard");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'Keyboard' expected.");

gameplay/src/lua/lua_Label.cpp

@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ int lua_Label__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "Label");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'Label' expected.");
@@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ int lua_Label_addListener(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ int lua_Label_addRef(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Label* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->addRef();
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ int lua_Label_createAnimation(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -270,9 +270,9 @@ int lua_Label_createAnimation(lua_State* state)
 
                 return 1;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 const char* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getString(2, false);
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ int lua_Label_createAnimation(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 7:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ int lua_Label_createAnimation(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 9:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ int lua_Label_createAnimationFromBy(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 7:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA) &&
@@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ int lua_Label_createAnimationFromTo(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 7:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA) &&
@@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ int lua_Label_destroyAnimation(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Label* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->destroyAnimation();
@@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ int lua_Label_destroyAnimation(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ int lua_Label_disable(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Label* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->disable();
@@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ int lua_Label_enable(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Label* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->enable();
@@ -698,7 +698,7 @@ int lua_Label_getAlignment(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Label* instance = getInstance(state);
                 Control::Alignment result = instance->getAlignment();
@@ -735,7 +735,7 @@ int lua_Label_getAnimation(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Label* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getAnimation();
@@ -763,7 +763,7 @@ int lua_Label_getAnimation(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -813,7 +813,7 @@ int lua_Label_getAnimationPropertyComponentCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -854,9 +854,9 @@ int lua_Label_getAnimationPropertyValue(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 int param1 = (int)luaL_checkint(state, 2);
@@ -896,7 +896,7 @@ int lua_Label_getAutoHeight(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Label* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->getAutoHeight();
@@ -933,7 +933,7 @@ int lua_Label_getAutoWidth(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Label* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->getAutoWidth();
@@ -970,7 +970,7 @@ int lua_Label_getBorder(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Label* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getBorder());
@@ -998,7 +998,7 @@ int lua_Label_getBorder(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1048,7 +1048,7 @@ int lua_Label_getBounds(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Label* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getBounds());
@@ -1094,7 +1094,7 @@ int lua_Label_getClip(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Label* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getClip());
@@ -1140,7 +1140,7 @@ int lua_Label_getClipBounds(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Label* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getClipBounds());
@@ -1186,7 +1186,7 @@ int lua_Label_getConsumeInputEvents(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Label* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->getConsumeInputEvents();
@@ -1223,7 +1223,7 @@ int lua_Label_getCursorColor(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1273,7 +1273,7 @@ int lua_Label_getCursorRegion(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1323,7 +1323,7 @@ int lua_Label_getCursorUVs(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1373,7 +1373,7 @@ int lua_Label_getFocusIndex(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Label* instance = getInstance(state);
                 int result = instance->getFocusIndex();
@@ -1410,7 +1410,7 @@ int lua_Label_getFont(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Label* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getFont();
@@ -1438,7 +1438,7 @@ int lua_Label_getFont(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1488,7 +1488,7 @@ int lua_Label_getFontSize(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Label* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getFontSize();
@@ -1507,7 +1507,7 @@ int lua_Label_getFontSize(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1548,7 +1548,7 @@ int lua_Label_getHeight(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Label* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getHeight();
@@ -1585,7 +1585,7 @@ int lua_Label_getId(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Label* instance = getInstance(state);
                 const char* result = instance->getId();
@@ -1622,7 +1622,7 @@ int lua_Label_getImageColor(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -1676,7 +1676,7 @@ int lua_Label_getImageRegion(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -1730,7 +1730,7 @@ int lua_Label_getImageUVs(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -1784,7 +1784,7 @@ int lua_Label_getMargin(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Label* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getMargin());
@@ -1830,7 +1830,7 @@ int lua_Label_getOpacity(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Label* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getOpacity();
@@ -1849,7 +1849,7 @@ int lua_Label_getOpacity(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1890,7 +1890,7 @@ int lua_Label_getPadding(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Label* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getPadding());
@@ -1936,7 +1936,7 @@ int lua_Label_getRefCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Label* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getRefCount();
@@ -1973,7 +1973,7 @@ int lua_Label_getSkinColor(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Label* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getSkinColor());
@@ -2001,7 +2001,7 @@ int lua_Label_getSkinColor(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2051,7 +2051,7 @@ int lua_Label_getSkinRegion(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Label* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getSkinRegion());
@@ -2079,7 +2079,7 @@ int lua_Label_getSkinRegion(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2129,7 +2129,7 @@ int lua_Label_getState(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Label* instance = getInstance(state);
                 Control::State result = instance->getState();
@@ -2166,7 +2166,7 @@ int lua_Label_getStyle(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Label* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getStyle();
@@ -2212,7 +2212,7 @@ int lua_Label_getText(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Label* instance = getInstance(state);
                 const char* result = instance->getText();
@@ -2249,7 +2249,7 @@ int lua_Label_getTextAlignment(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Label* instance = getInstance(state);
                 Font::Justify result = instance->getTextAlignment();
@@ -2268,7 +2268,7 @@ int lua_Label_getTextAlignment(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2309,7 +2309,7 @@ int lua_Label_getTextColor(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Label* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getTextColor());
@@ -2337,7 +2337,7 @@ int lua_Label_getTextColor(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2387,7 +2387,7 @@ int lua_Label_getTextRightToLeft(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Label* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->getTextRightToLeft();
@@ -2406,7 +2406,7 @@ int lua_Label_getTextRightToLeft(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2447,7 +2447,7 @@ int lua_Label_getType(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Label* instance = getInstance(state);
                 const char* result = instance->getType();
@@ -2484,7 +2484,7 @@ int lua_Label_getWidth(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Label* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getWidth();
@@ -2521,7 +2521,7 @@ int lua_Label_getX(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Label* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getX();
@@ -2558,7 +2558,7 @@ int lua_Label_getY(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Label* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getY();
@@ -2595,7 +2595,7 @@ int lua_Label_getZIndex(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Label* instance = getInstance(state);
                 int result = instance->getZIndex();
@@ -2632,7 +2632,7 @@ int lua_Label_isContainer(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Label* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isContainer();
@@ -2669,7 +2669,7 @@ int lua_Label_isEnabled(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Label* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isEnabled();
@@ -2706,7 +2706,7 @@ int lua_Label_release(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Label* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->release();
@@ -2740,7 +2740,7 @@ int lua_Label_setAlignment(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2778,9 +2778,9 @@ int lua_Label_setAnimationPropertyValue(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 int param1 = (int)luaL_checkint(state, 2);
@@ -2802,9 +2802,9 @@ int lua_Label_setAnimationPropertyValue(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 4:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2848,7 +2848,7 @@ int lua_Label_setAutoHeight(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2886,7 +2886,7 @@ int lua_Label_setAutoWidth(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2924,7 +2924,7 @@ int lua_Label_setBorder(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 5:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -2956,7 +2956,7 @@ int lua_Label_setBorder(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 6:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -3010,7 +3010,7 @@ int lua_Label_setBounds(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3048,7 +3048,7 @@ int lua_Label_setConsumeInputEvents(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3086,7 +3086,7 @@ int lua_Label_setCursorColor(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -3128,7 +3128,7 @@ int lua_Label_setCursorRegion(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -3170,7 +3170,7 @@ int lua_Label_setFocusIndex(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3208,8 +3208,8 @@ int lua_Label_setFont(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Font* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Font>(2, "Font", false);
@@ -3228,8 +3228,8 @@ int lua_Label_setFont(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3270,7 +3270,7 @@ int lua_Label_setFontSize(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3290,7 +3290,7 @@ int lua_Label_setFontSize(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -3332,7 +3332,7 @@ int lua_Label_setImageColor(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -3356,7 +3356,7 @@ int lua_Label_setImageColor(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 4:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER)
@@ -3402,7 +3402,7 @@ int lua_Label_setImageRegion(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -3426,7 +3426,7 @@ int lua_Label_setImageRegion(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 4:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER)
@@ -3472,7 +3472,7 @@ int lua_Label_setMargin(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 5:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -3522,7 +3522,7 @@ int lua_Label_setOpacity(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3542,7 +3542,7 @@ int lua_Label_setOpacity(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -3584,7 +3584,7 @@ int lua_Label_setPadding(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 5:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -3634,7 +3634,7 @@ int lua_Label_setPosition(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -3676,7 +3676,7 @@ int lua_Label_setSize(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -3718,7 +3718,7 @@ int lua_Label_setSkinColor(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3738,7 +3738,7 @@ int lua_Label_setSkinColor(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -3780,7 +3780,7 @@ int lua_Label_setSkinRegion(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3800,7 +3800,7 @@ int lua_Label_setSkinRegion(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -3842,7 +3842,7 @@ int lua_Label_setState(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3880,8 +3880,8 @@ int lua_Label_setStyle(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Theme::Style* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Theme::Style>(2, "ThemeStyle", false);
@@ -3918,7 +3918,7 @@ int lua_Label_setText(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3956,7 +3956,7 @@ int lua_Label_setTextAlignment(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3976,7 +3976,7 @@ int lua_Label_setTextAlignment(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -4018,7 +4018,7 @@ int lua_Label_setTextColor(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -4038,7 +4038,7 @@ int lua_Label_setTextColor(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -4080,7 +4080,7 @@ int lua_Label_setTextRightToLeft(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -4100,7 +4100,7 @@ int lua_Label_setTextRightToLeft(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -4142,7 +4142,7 @@ int lua_Label_setZIndex(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -4300,7 +4300,7 @@ int lua_Label_static_create(lua_State* state)
         case 2:
         {
             if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 const char* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getString(1, false);

gameplay/src/lua/lua_Layout.cpp

@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ int lua_Layout__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "Layout");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'Layout' expected.");
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ int lua_Layout_addRef(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Layout* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->addRef();
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ int lua_Layout_getRefCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Layout* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getRefCount();
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ int lua_Layout_getType(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Layout* instance = getInstance(state);
                 Layout::Type result = instance->getType();
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ int lua_Layout_release(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Layout* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->release();

gameplay/src/lua/lua_Light.cpp

@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ int lua_Light__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "Light");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'Light' expected.");
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ int lua_Light_addRef(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Light* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->addRef();
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ int lua_Light_getColor(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Light* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getColor());
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ int lua_Light_getInnerAngle(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Light* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getInnerAngle();
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ int lua_Light_getInnerAngleCos(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Light* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getInnerAngleCos();
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ int lua_Light_getLightType(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Light* instance = getInstance(state);
                 Light::Type result = instance->getLightType();
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ int lua_Light_getNode(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Light* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getNode();
@@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ int lua_Light_getOuterAngle(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Light* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getOuterAngle();
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ int lua_Light_getOuterAngleCos(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Light* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getOuterAngleCos();
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ int lua_Light_getRange(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Light* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getRange();
@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ int lua_Light_getRangeInverse(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Light* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getRangeInverse();
@@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ int lua_Light_getRefCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Light* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getRefCount();
@@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ int lua_Light_release(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Light* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->release();
@@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ int lua_Light_setColor(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ int lua_Light_setInnerAngle(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -632,7 +632,7 @@ int lua_Light_setOuterAngle(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -670,7 +670,7 @@ int lua_Light_setRange(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.

gameplay/src/lua/lua_Material.cpp

@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ int lua_Material__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "Material");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'Material' expected.");
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ int lua_Material_addRef(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Material* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->addRef();
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ int lua_Material_clone(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ int lua_Material_getParameter(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ int lua_Material_getRefCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Material* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getRefCount();
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ int lua_Material_getStateBlock(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Material* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getStateBlock();
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ int lua_Material_getTechnique(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Material* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getTechnique();
@@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ int lua_Material_getTechnique(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ int lua_Material_getTechnique(lua_State* state)
 
                 return 1;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ int lua_Material_getTechniqueCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Material* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getTechniqueCount();
@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ int lua_Material_release(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Material* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->release();
@@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ int lua_Material_setParameterAutoBinding(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ int lua_Material_setParameterAutoBinding(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -539,8 +539,8 @@ int lua_Material_setStateBlock(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 RenderState::StateBlock* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<RenderState::StateBlock>(2, "RenderStateStateBlock", false);
@@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ int lua_Material_setTechnique(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ int lua_Material_setTechnique(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -647,7 +647,7 @@ int lua_Material_static_create(lua_State* state)
 
                 return 1;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Properties* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Properties>(1, "Properties", false);
@@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ int lua_Material_static_create(lua_State* state)
 
                 return 1;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Effect* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Effect>(1, "Effect", false);

gameplay/src/lua/lua_MaterialParameter.cpp

@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ int lua_MaterialParameter__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "MaterialParameter");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'MaterialParameter' expected.");
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ int lua_MaterialParameter_addRef(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 MaterialParameter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->addRef();
@@ -130,8 +130,8 @@ int lua_MaterialParameter_bindValue(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ int lua_MaterialParameter_createAnimation(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -199,9 +199,9 @@ int lua_MaterialParameter_createAnimation(lua_State* state)
 
                 return 1;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 const char* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getString(2, false);
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ int lua_MaterialParameter_createAnimation(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 7:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ int lua_MaterialParameter_createAnimation(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 9:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ int lua_MaterialParameter_createAnimationFromBy(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 7:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA) &&
@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ int lua_MaterialParameter_createAnimationFromTo(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 7:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA) &&
@@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ int lua_MaterialParameter_destroyAnimation(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 MaterialParameter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->destroyAnimation();
@@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ int lua_MaterialParameter_destroyAnimation(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ int lua_MaterialParameter_getAnimation(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 MaterialParameter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getAnimation();
@@ -587,7 +587,7 @@ int lua_MaterialParameter_getAnimation(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -637,7 +637,7 @@ int lua_MaterialParameter_getAnimationPropertyComponentCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -678,9 +678,9 @@ int lua_MaterialParameter_getAnimationPropertyValue(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 int param1 = (int)luaL_checkint(state, 2);
@@ -720,7 +720,7 @@ int lua_MaterialParameter_getName(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 MaterialParameter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 const char* result = instance->getName();
@@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ int lua_MaterialParameter_getRefCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 MaterialParameter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getRefCount();
@@ -794,7 +794,7 @@ int lua_MaterialParameter_release(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 MaterialParameter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->release();
@@ -828,9 +828,9 @@ int lua_MaterialParameter_setAnimationPropertyValue(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 int param1 = (int)luaL_checkint(state, 2);
@@ -852,9 +852,9 @@ int lua_MaterialParameter_setAnimationPropertyValue(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 4:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -898,7 +898,7 @@ int lua_MaterialParameter_setValue(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -909,7 +909,7 @@ int lua_MaterialParameter_setValue(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -920,7 +920,7 @@ int lua_MaterialParameter_setValue(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -931,7 +931,7 @@ int lua_MaterialParameter_setValue(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -942,7 +942,7 @@ int lua_MaterialParameter_setValue(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -953,8 +953,8 @@ int lua_MaterialParameter_setValue(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Vector2* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Vector2>(2, "Vector2", false);
@@ -964,7 +964,7 @@ int lua_MaterialParameter_setValue(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -975,8 +975,8 @@ int lua_MaterialParameter_setValue(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Vector3* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Vector3>(2, "Vector3", false);
@@ -986,7 +986,7 @@ int lua_MaterialParameter_setValue(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -997,8 +997,8 @@ int lua_MaterialParameter_setValue(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Vector4* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Vector4>(2, "Vector4", false);
@@ -1008,7 +1008,7 @@ int lua_MaterialParameter_setValue(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1019,8 +1019,8 @@ int lua_MaterialParameter_setValue(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Matrix* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Matrix>(2, "Matrix", false);
@@ -1030,8 +1030,8 @@ int lua_MaterialParameter_setValue(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Texture::Sampler* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Texture::Sampler>(2, "TextureSampler", false);
@@ -1050,7 +1050,7 @@ int lua_MaterialParameter_setValue(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -1065,7 +1065,7 @@ int lua_MaterialParameter_setValue(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -1080,8 +1080,8 @@ int lua_MaterialParameter_setValue(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1095,8 +1095,8 @@ int lua_MaterialParameter_setValue(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1110,8 +1110,8 @@ int lua_MaterialParameter_setValue(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1125,8 +1125,8 @@ int lua_MaterialParameter_setValue(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1140,7 +1140,7 @@ int lua_MaterialParameter_setValue(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {

gameplay/src/lua/lua_MathUtil.cpp

@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ int lua_MathUtil__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "MathUtil");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'MathUtil' expected.");

gameplay/src/lua/lua_Matrix.cpp

@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ int lua_Matrix__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "Matrix");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'Matrix' expected.");
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ int lua_Matrix_add(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ int lua_Matrix_add(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -335,9 +335,9 @@ int lua_Matrix_add(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 float param1 = (float)luaL_checknumber(state, 2);
@@ -377,10 +377,10 @@ int lua_Matrix_decompose(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 4:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Vector3* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Vector3>(2, "Vector3", false);
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ int lua_Matrix_determinant(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Matrix* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->determinant();
@@ -463,8 +463,8 @@ int lua_Matrix_getBackVector(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Vector3* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Vector3>(2, "Vector3", false);
@@ -501,8 +501,8 @@ int lua_Matrix_getDownVector(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Vector3* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Vector3>(2, "Vector3", false);
@@ -539,8 +539,8 @@ int lua_Matrix_getForwardVector(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Vector3* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Vector3>(2, "Vector3", false);
@@ -577,8 +577,8 @@ int lua_Matrix_getLeftVector(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Vector3* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Vector3>(2, "Vector3", false);
@@ -615,8 +615,8 @@ int lua_Matrix_getRightVector(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Vector3* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Vector3>(2, "Vector3", false);
@@ -653,8 +653,8 @@ int lua_Matrix_getRotation(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Quaternion* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Quaternion>(2, "Quaternion", false);
@@ -694,8 +694,8 @@ int lua_Matrix_getScale(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Vector3* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Vector3>(2, "Vector3", false);
@@ -732,8 +732,8 @@ int lua_Matrix_getTranslation(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Vector3* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Vector3>(2, "Vector3", false);
@@ -770,8 +770,8 @@ int lua_Matrix_getUpVector(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Vector3* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Vector3>(2, "Vector3", false);
@@ -808,7 +808,7 @@ int lua_Matrix_invert(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Matrix* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->invert();
@@ -827,8 +827,8 @@ int lua_Matrix_invert(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Matrix* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Matrix>(2, "Matrix", false);
@@ -868,7 +868,7 @@ int lua_Matrix_isIdentity(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Matrix* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isIdentity();
@@ -933,7 +933,7 @@ int lua_Matrix_multiply(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -944,7 +944,7 @@ int lua_Matrix_multiply(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -964,9 +964,9 @@ int lua_Matrix_multiply(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 float param1 = (float)luaL_checknumber(state, 2);
@@ -1006,7 +1006,7 @@ int lua_Matrix_negate(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Matrix* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->negate();
@@ -1022,8 +1022,8 @@ int lua_Matrix_negate(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Matrix* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Matrix>(2, "Matrix", false);
@@ -1060,7 +1060,7 @@ int lua_Matrix_rotate(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1080,9 +1080,9 @@ int lua_Matrix_rotate(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Quaternion* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Quaternion>(2, "Quaternion", true);
@@ -1095,7 +1095,7 @@ int lua_Matrix_rotate(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -1119,10 +1119,10 @@ int lua_Matrix_rotate(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 4:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Vector3* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Vector3>(2, "Vector3", true);
@@ -1165,7 +1165,7 @@ int lua_Matrix_rotateX(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1185,9 +1185,9 @@ int lua_Matrix_rotateX(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 float param1 = (float)luaL_checknumber(state, 2);
@@ -1227,7 +1227,7 @@ int lua_Matrix_rotateY(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1247,9 +1247,9 @@ int lua_Matrix_rotateY(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 float param1 = (float)luaL_checknumber(state, 2);
@@ -1289,7 +1289,7 @@ int lua_Matrix_rotateZ(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1309,9 +1309,9 @@ int lua_Matrix_rotateZ(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 float param1 = (float)luaL_checknumber(state, 2);
@@ -1351,7 +1351,7 @@ int lua_Matrix_scale(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1362,7 +1362,7 @@ int lua_Matrix_scale(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1382,9 +1382,9 @@ int lua_Matrix_scale(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 float param1 = (float)luaL_checknumber(state, 2);
@@ -1397,9 +1397,9 @@ int lua_Matrix_scale(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Vector3* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Vector3>(2, "Vector3", true);
@@ -1421,7 +1421,7 @@ int lua_Matrix_scale(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 4:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER)
@@ -1449,11 +1449,11 @@ int lua_Matrix_scale(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 5:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 float param1 = (float)luaL_checknumber(state, 2);
@@ -1499,7 +1499,7 @@ int lua_Matrix_set(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1510,7 +1510,7 @@ int lua_Matrix_set(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1530,7 +1530,7 @@ int lua_Matrix_set(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 17:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -1628,7 +1628,7 @@ int lua_Matrix_setIdentity(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Matrix* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->setIdentity();
@@ -1662,7 +1662,7 @@ int lua_Matrix_setZero(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Matrix* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->setZero();
@@ -1698,7 +1698,7 @@ int lua_Matrix_static_add(lua_State* state)
         {
             if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Matrix* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Matrix>(1, "Matrix", true);
@@ -1743,7 +1743,7 @@ int lua_Matrix_static_createLookAt(lua_State* state)
             if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Vector3* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Vector3>(1, "Vector3", true);
@@ -1779,7 +1779,7 @@ int lua_Matrix_static_createLookAt(lua_State* state)
                 lua_type(state, 7) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 8) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 9) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 10) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 10) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 10) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 10) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 10) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 float param1 = (float)luaL_checknumber(state, 1);
@@ -1846,7 +1846,7 @@ int lua_Matrix_static_createOrthographic(lua_State* state)
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 float param1 = (float)luaL_checknumber(state, 1);
@@ -1900,7 +1900,7 @@ int lua_Matrix_static_createOrthographicOffCenter(lua_State* state)
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 7) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 7) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 7) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 7) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 7) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 float param1 = (float)luaL_checknumber(state, 1);
@@ -1958,7 +1958,7 @@ int lua_Matrix_static_createPerspective(lua_State* state)
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 float param1 = (float)luaL_checknumber(state, 1);
@@ -2007,7 +2007,7 @@ int lua_Matrix_static_createRotation(lua_State* state)
         case 2:
         {
             if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Quaternion* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Quaternion>(1, "Quaternion", true);
@@ -2030,7 +2030,7 @@ int lua_Matrix_static_createRotation(lua_State* state)
         {
             if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Vector3* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Vector3>(1, "Vector3", true);
@@ -2073,7 +2073,7 @@ int lua_Matrix_static_createRotationX(lua_State* state)
         case 2:
         {
             if (lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 float param1 = (float)luaL_checknumber(state, 1);
@@ -2113,7 +2113,7 @@ int lua_Matrix_static_createRotationY(lua_State* state)
         case 2:
         {
             if (lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 float param1 = (float)luaL_checknumber(state, 1);
@@ -2153,7 +2153,7 @@ int lua_Matrix_static_createRotationZ(lua_State* state)
         case 2:
         {
             if (lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 float param1 = (float)luaL_checknumber(state, 1);
@@ -2193,7 +2193,7 @@ int lua_Matrix_static_createScale(lua_State* state)
         case 2:
         {
             if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Vector3* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Vector3>(1, "Vector3", true);
@@ -2217,7 +2217,7 @@ int lua_Matrix_static_createScale(lua_State* state)
             if (lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 float param1 = (float)luaL_checknumber(state, 1);
@@ -2263,7 +2263,7 @@ int lua_Matrix_static_createTranslation(lua_State* state)
         case 2:
         {
             if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Vector3* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Vector3>(1, "Vector3", true);
@@ -2287,7 +2287,7 @@ int lua_Matrix_static_createTranslation(lua_State* state)
             if (lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 float param1 = (float)luaL_checknumber(state, 1);
@@ -2371,7 +2371,7 @@ int lua_Matrix_static_multiply(lua_State* state)
         {
             if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Matrix* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Matrix>(1, "Matrix", true);
@@ -2388,7 +2388,7 @@ int lua_Matrix_static_multiply(lua_State* state)
             }
             else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Matrix* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Matrix>(1, "Matrix", true);
@@ -2432,7 +2432,7 @@ int lua_Matrix_static_subtract(lua_State* state)
         {
             if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Matrix* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Matrix>(1, "Matrix", true);
@@ -2511,7 +2511,7 @@ int lua_Matrix_subtract(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2549,8 +2549,8 @@ int lua_Matrix_transformPoint(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Vector3* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Vector3>(2, "Vector3", false);
@@ -2569,9 +2569,9 @@ int lua_Matrix_transformPoint(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Vector3* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Vector3>(2, "Vector3", true);
@@ -2611,8 +2611,8 @@ int lua_Matrix_transformVector(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Vector3* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Vector3>(2, "Vector3", false);
@@ -2622,8 +2622,8 @@ int lua_Matrix_transformVector(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Vector4* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Vector4>(2, "Vector4", false);
@@ -2642,9 +2642,9 @@ int lua_Matrix_transformVector(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Vector3* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Vector3>(2, "Vector3", true);
@@ -2657,9 +2657,9 @@ int lua_Matrix_transformVector(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Vector4* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Vector4>(2, "Vector4", true);
@@ -2681,12 +2681,12 @@ int lua_Matrix_transformVector(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 6:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 float param1 = (float)luaL_checknumber(state, 2);
@@ -2735,7 +2735,7 @@ int lua_Matrix_translate(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2755,9 +2755,9 @@ int lua_Matrix_translate(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Vector3* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Vector3>(2, "Vector3", true);
@@ -2779,7 +2779,7 @@ int lua_Matrix_translate(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 4:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER)
@@ -2807,11 +2807,11 @@ int lua_Matrix_translate(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 5:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 float param1 = (float)luaL_checknumber(state, 2);
@@ -2857,7 +2857,7 @@ int lua_Matrix_transpose(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Matrix* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->transpose();
@@ -2873,8 +2873,8 @@ int lua_Matrix_transpose(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Matrix* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Matrix>(2, "Matrix", false);

gameplay/src/lua/lua_Mesh.cpp

@@ -31,6 +31,7 @@ void luaRegister_Mesh()
         {"setBoundingBox", lua_Mesh_setBoundingBox},
         {"setBoundingSphere", lua_Mesh_setBoundingSphere},
         {"setPrimitiveType", lua_Mesh_setPrimitiveType},
+        {"setVertexData", lua_Mesh_setVertexData},
         {NULL, NULL}
     };
     const luaL_Reg lua_statics[] = 
@@ -64,7 +65,7 @@ int lua_Mesh__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "Mesh");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'Mesh' expected.");
@@ -104,7 +105,7 @@ int lua_Mesh_addPart(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 4:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER)
@@ -144,7 +145,7 @@ int lua_Mesh_addPart(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 5:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -206,7 +207,7 @@ int lua_Mesh_addRef(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Mesh* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->addRef();
@@ -240,7 +241,7 @@ int lua_Mesh_getBoundingBox(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Mesh* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getBoundingBox());
@@ -286,7 +287,7 @@ int lua_Mesh_getBoundingSphere(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Mesh* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getBoundingSphere());
@@ -332,7 +333,7 @@ int lua_Mesh_getPart(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -382,7 +383,7 @@ int lua_Mesh_getPartCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Mesh* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getPartCount();
@@ -419,7 +420,7 @@ int lua_Mesh_getPrimitiveType(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Mesh* instance = getInstance(state);
                 Mesh::PrimitiveType result = instance->getPrimitiveType();
@@ -456,7 +457,7 @@ int lua_Mesh_getRefCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Mesh* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getRefCount();
@@ -493,7 +494,7 @@ int lua_Mesh_getUrl(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Mesh* instance = getInstance(state);
                 const char* result = instance->getUrl();
@@ -530,7 +531,7 @@ int lua_Mesh_getVertexBuffer(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Mesh* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)new GLuint(instance->getVertexBuffer());
@@ -576,7 +577,7 @@ int lua_Mesh_getVertexCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Mesh* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getVertexCount();
@@ -613,7 +614,7 @@ int lua_Mesh_getVertexFormat(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Mesh* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getVertexFormat());
@@ -659,7 +660,7 @@ int lua_Mesh_getVertexSize(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Mesh* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getVertexSize();
@@ -696,7 +697,7 @@ int lua_Mesh_isDynamic(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Mesh* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isDynamic();
@@ -733,7 +734,7 @@ int lua_Mesh_release(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Mesh* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->release();
@@ -767,7 +768,7 @@ int lua_Mesh_setBoundingBox(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -805,7 +806,7 @@ int lua_Mesh_setBoundingSphere(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -843,7 +844,7 @@ int lua_Mesh_setPrimitiveType(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -871,6 +872,96 @@ int lua_Mesh_setPrimitiveType(lua_State* state)
     return 0;
 }
 
+int lua_Mesh_setVertexData(lua_State* state)
+{
+    // Get the number of parameters.
+    int paramCount = lua_gettop(state);
+
+    // Attempt to match the parameters to a valid binding.
+    switch (paramCount)
+    {
+        case 2:
+        {
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA))
+            {
+                // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
+                float* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getFloatPointer(2);
+
+                Mesh* instance = getInstance(state);
+                instance->setVertexData(param1);
+                
+                return 0;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                lua_pushstring(state, "Failed to match the given parameters to a valid function signature.");
+                lua_error(state);
+            }
+            break;
+        }
+        case 3:
+        {
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA) &&
+                lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
+            {
+                // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
+                float* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getFloatPointer(2);
+
+                // Get parameter 2 off the stack.
+                unsigned int param2 = (unsigned int)luaL_checkunsigned(state, 3);
+
+                Mesh* instance = getInstance(state);
+                instance->setVertexData(param1, param2);
+                
+                return 0;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                lua_pushstring(state, "Failed to match the given parameters to a valid function signature.");
+                lua_error(state);
+            }
+            break;
+        }
+        case 4:
+        {
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA) &&
+                lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
+                lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER)
+            {
+                // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
+                float* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getFloatPointer(2);
+
+                // Get parameter 2 off the stack.
+                unsigned int param2 = (unsigned int)luaL_checkunsigned(state, 3);
+
+                // Get parameter 3 off the stack.
+                unsigned int param3 = (unsigned int)luaL_checkunsigned(state, 4);
+
+                Mesh* instance = getInstance(state);
+                instance->setVertexData(param1, param2, param3);
+                
+                return 0;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                lua_pushstring(state, "Failed to match the given parameters to a valid function signature.");
+                lua_error(state);
+            }
+            break;
+        }
+        default:
+        {
+            lua_pushstring(state, "Invalid number of parameters (expected 2, 3 or 4).");
+            lua_error(state);
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
 int lua_Mesh_static_createBoundingBox(lua_State* state)
 {
     // Get the number of parameters.
@@ -929,7 +1020,7 @@ int lua_Mesh_static_createLines(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.

gameplay/src/lua/lua_Mesh.h

@@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ int lua_Mesh_release(lua_State* state);
 int lua_Mesh_setBoundingBox(lua_State* state);
 int lua_Mesh_setBoundingSphere(lua_State* state);
 int lua_Mesh_setPrimitiveType(lua_State* state);
+int lua_Mesh_setVertexData(lua_State* state);
 int lua_Mesh_static_createBoundingBox(lua_State* state);
 int lua_Mesh_static_createLines(lua_State* state);
 int lua_Mesh_static_createMesh(lua_State* state);

gameplay/src/lua/lua_MeshBatch.cpp

@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ int lua_MeshBatch__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "MeshBatch");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'MeshBatch' expected.");
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ int lua_MeshBatch_begin(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 MeshBatch* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->begin();
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ int lua_MeshBatch_draw(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 MeshBatch* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->draw();
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ int lua_MeshBatch_finish(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 MeshBatch* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->finish();
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ int lua_MeshBatch_getCapacity(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 MeshBatch* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getCapacity();
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ int lua_MeshBatch_getMaterial(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 MeshBatch* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getMaterial();
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ int lua_MeshBatch_setCapacity(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ int lua_MeshBatch_static_create(lua_State* state)
             }
             else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ int lua_MeshBatch_static_create(lua_State* state)
             }
             else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TBOOLEAN &&
                 lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ int lua_MeshBatch_static_create(lua_State* state)
             }
             else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TBOOLEAN &&
                 lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TNUMBER)

gameplay/src/lua/lua_MeshPart.cpp

@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ int lua_MeshPart__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "MeshPart");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'MeshPart' expected.");
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ int lua_MeshPart_getIndexBuffer(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 MeshPart* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)new GLuint(instance->getIndexBuffer());
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ int lua_MeshPart_getIndexCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 MeshPart* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getIndexCount();
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ int lua_MeshPart_getIndexFormat(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 MeshPart* instance = getInstance(state);
                 Mesh::IndexFormat result = instance->getIndexFormat();
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ int lua_MeshPart_getMeshIndex(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 MeshPart* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getMeshIndex();
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ int lua_MeshPart_getPrimitiveType(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 MeshPart* instance = getInstance(state);
                 Mesh::PrimitiveType result = instance->getPrimitiveType();
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ int lua_MeshPart_isDynamic(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 MeshPart* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isDynamic();

gameplay/src/lua/lua_MeshSkin.cpp

@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 #include "Base.h"
 #include "ScriptController.h"
 #include "MeshSkin.h"
+#include "Joint.h"
 #include "lua_MeshSkin.h"
 #include "lua_Global.h"
 
@@ -49,7 +50,7 @@ int lua_MeshSkin_getBindShape(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 MeshSkin* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getBindShape());
@@ -95,7 +96,7 @@ int lua_MeshSkin_getJoint(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -118,7 +119,7 @@ int lua_MeshSkin_getJoint(lua_State* state)
 
                 return 1;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -168,7 +169,7 @@ int lua_MeshSkin_getJointCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 MeshSkin* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getJointCount();
@@ -205,8 +206,8 @@ int lua_MeshSkin_getJointIndex(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Joint* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Joint>(2, "Joint", false);
@@ -246,7 +247,7 @@ int lua_MeshSkin_getMatrixPalette(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 MeshSkin* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getMatrixPalette();
@@ -292,7 +293,7 @@ int lua_MeshSkin_getMatrixPaletteSize(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 MeshSkin* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getMatrixPaletteSize();
@@ -329,7 +330,7 @@ int lua_MeshSkin_getModel(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 MeshSkin* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getModel();
@@ -375,7 +376,7 @@ int lua_MeshSkin_getRootJoint(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 MeshSkin* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getRootJoint();
@@ -421,7 +422,7 @@ int lua_MeshSkin_setBindShape(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -459,8 +460,8 @@ int lua_MeshSkin_setRootJoint(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Joint* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Joint>(2, "Joint", false);
@@ -497,8 +498,8 @@ int lua_MeshSkin_transformChanged(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.

gameplay/src/lua/lua_Model.cpp

@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ int lua_Model__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "Model");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'Model' expected.");
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ int lua_Model_addRef(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Model* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->addRef();
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ int lua_Model_draw(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Model* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->draw();
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ int lua_Model_draw(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ int lua_Model_getMaterial(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Model* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getMaterial();
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ int lua_Model_getMaterial(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ int lua_Model_getMesh(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Model* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getMesh();
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ int lua_Model_getMeshPartCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Model* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getMeshPartCount();
@@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ int lua_Model_getNode(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Model* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getNode();
@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ int lua_Model_getRefCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Model* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getRefCount();
@@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ int lua_Model_getSkin(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Model* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getSkin();
@@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ int lua_Model_hasMaterial(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ int lua_Model_release(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Model* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->release();
@@ -546,8 +546,8 @@ int lua_Model_setMaterial(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Material* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Material>(2, "Material", false);
@@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ int lua_Model_setMaterial(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -589,8 +589,8 @@ int lua_Model_setMaterial(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ int lua_Model_setMaterial(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -631,7 +631,7 @@ int lua_Model_setMaterial(lua_State* state)
 
                 return 1;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ int lua_Model_setMaterial(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 4:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL))
@@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ int lua_Model_setMaterial(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 5:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL) &&
@@ -769,7 +769,7 @@ int lua_Model_static_create(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Mesh* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Mesh>(1, "Mesh", false);

gameplay/src/lua/lua_Mouse.cpp

@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ int lua_Mouse__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "Mouse");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'Mouse' expected.");

gameplay/src/lua/lua_NodeCloneContext.cpp

@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ int lua_NodeCloneContext__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "NodeCloneContext");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'NodeCloneContext' expected.");
@@ -119,8 +119,8 @@ int lua_NodeCloneContext_findClonedAnimation(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Animation* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Animation>(2, "Animation", false);
@@ -169,8 +169,8 @@ int lua_NodeCloneContext_findClonedNode(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Node* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Node>(2, "Node", false);
@@ -219,9 +219,9 @@ int lua_NodeCloneContext_registerClonedAnimation(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Animation* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Animation>(2, "Animation", false);
@@ -261,9 +261,9 @@ int lua_NodeCloneContext_registerClonedNode(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Node* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Node>(2, "Node", false);

gameplay/src/lua/lua_ParticleEmitter.cpp

@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "ParticleEmitter");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'ParticleEmitter' expected.");
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_addRef(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 ParticleEmitter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->addRef();
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_draw(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 ParticleEmitter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->draw();
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_emit(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_getAcceleration(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 ParticleEmitter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getAcceleration());
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_getAccelerationVariance(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 ParticleEmitter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getAccelerationVariance());
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_getColorEnd(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 ParticleEmitter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getColorEnd());
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_getColorEndVariance(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 ParticleEmitter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getColorEndVariance());
@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_getColorStart(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 ParticleEmitter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getColorStart());
@@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_getColorStartVariance(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 ParticleEmitter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getColorStartVariance());
@@ -523,7 +523,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_getEmissionRate(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 ParticleEmitter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getEmissionRate();
@@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_getEnergyMax(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 ParticleEmitter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 long result = instance->getEnergyMax();
@@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_getEnergyMin(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 ParticleEmitter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 long result = instance->getEnergyMin();
@@ -634,7 +634,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_getNode(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 ParticleEmitter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getNode();
@@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_getParticlesCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 ParticleEmitter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getParticlesCount();
@@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_getPosition(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 ParticleEmitter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getPosition());
@@ -763,7 +763,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_getPositionVariance(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 ParticleEmitter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getPositionVariance());
@@ -809,7 +809,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_getRefCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 ParticleEmitter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getRefCount();
@@ -846,7 +846,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_getRotationAxis(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 ParticleEmitter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getRotationAxis());
@@ -892,7 +892,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_getRotationAxisVariance(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 ParticleEmitter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getRotationAxisVariance());
@@ -938,7 +938,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_getRotationPerParticleSpeedMax(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 ParticleEmitter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getRotationPerParticleSpeedMax();
@@ -975,7 +975,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_getRotationPerParticleSpeedMin(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 ParticleEmitter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getRotationPerParticleSpeedMin();
@@ -1012,7 +1012,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_getRotationSpeedMax(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 ParticleEmitter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getRotationSpeedMax();
@@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_getRotationSpeedMin(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 ParticleEmitter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getRotationSpeedMin();
@@ -1086,7 +1086,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_getSizeEndMax(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 ParticleEmitter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getSizeEndMax();
@@ -1123,7 +1123,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_getSizeEndMin(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 ParticleEmitter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getSizeEndMin();
@@ -1160,7 +1160,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_getSizeStartMax(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 ParticleEmitter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getSizeStartMax();
@@ -1197,7 +1197,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_getSizeStartMin(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 ParticleEmitter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getSizeStartMin();
@@ -1234,7 +1234,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_getSpriteFrameDuration(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 ParticleEmitter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 long result = instance->getSpriteFrameDuration();
@@ -1271,7 +1271,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_getSpriteFrameRandomOffset(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 ParticleEmitter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 int result = instance->getSpriteFrameRandomOffset();
@@ -1308,7 +1308,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_getVelocity(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 ParticleEmitter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getVelocity());
@@ -1354,7 +1354,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_getVelocityVariance(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 ParticleEmitter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getVelocityVariance());
@@ -1400,7 +1400,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_isActive(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 ParticleEmitter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isActive();
@@ -1437,7 +1437,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_isEllipsoid(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 ParticleEmitter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isEllipsoid();
@@ -1474,7 +1474,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_isSpriteAnimated(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 ParticleEmitter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isSpriteAnimated();
@@ -1511,7 +1511,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_isSpriteLooped(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 ParticleEmitter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isSpriteLooped();
@@ -1548,7 +1548,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_isStarted(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 ParticleEmitter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isStarted();
@@ -1585,7 +1585,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_release(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 ParticleEmitter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->release();
@@ -1619,7 +1619,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_setAcceleration(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -1661,7 +1661,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_setColor(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 5:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL) &&
@@ -1711,7 +1711,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_setEllipsoid(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1749,7 +1749,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_setEmissionRate(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1787,7 +1787,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_setEnergy(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -1829,7 +1829,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_setOrbit(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 4:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TBOOLEAN &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
@@ -1875,7 +1875,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_setPosition(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -1917,7 +1917,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_setRotation(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 5:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL) &&
@@ -1967,7 +1967,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_setRotationPerParticle(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -2009,7 +2009,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_setSize(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 5:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -2059,7 +2059,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_setSpriteAnimated(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2097,9 +2097,9 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_setSpriteFrameCoords(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 unsigned int param1 = (unsigned int)luaL_checkunsigned(state, 2);
@@ -2121,7 +2121,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_setSpriteFrameCoords(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 4:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER)
@@ -2167,7 +2167,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_setSpriteFrameDuration(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2205,7 +2205,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_setSpriteFrameRandomOffset(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2243,7 +2243,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_setSpriteLooped(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2281,7 +2281,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_setSpriteTexCoords(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA))
             {
@@ -2323,7 +2323,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_setTextureBlending(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2361,7 +2361,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_setVelocity(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -2403,7 +2403,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_start(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 ParticleEmitter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->start();
@@ -2458,7 +2458,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_static_create(lua_State* state)
 
                 return 1;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Properties* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Properties>(1, "Properties", false);
@@ -2583,7 +2583,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_stop(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 ParticleEmitter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->stop();
@@ -2617,7 +2617,7 @@ int lua_ParticleEmitter_update(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.

gameplay/src/lua/lua_Pass.cpp

@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ int lua_Pass__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "Pass");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'Pass' expected.");
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ int lua_Pass_addRef(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Pass* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->addRef();
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ int lua_Pass_bind(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Pass* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->bind();
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ int lua_Pass_getEffect(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Pass* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getEffect();
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ int lua_Pass_getId(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Pass* instance = getInstance(state);
                 const char* result = instance->getId();
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ int lua_Pass_getParameter(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ int lua_Pass_getRefCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Pass* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getRefCount();
@@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ int lua_Pass_getStateBlock(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Pass* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getStateBlock();
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ int lua_Pass_getVertexAttributeBinding(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Pass* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getVertexAttributeBinding();
@@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ int lua_Pass_release(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Pass* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->release();
@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ int lua_Pass_setParameterAutoBinding(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -470,7 +470,7 @@ int lua_Pass_setParameterAutoBinding(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -512,8 +512,8 @@ int lua_Pass_setStateBlock(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 RenderState::StateBlock* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<RenderState::StateBlock>(2, "RenderStateStateBlock", false);
@@ -550,8 +550,8 @@ int lua_Pass_setVertexAttributeBinding(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 VertexAttributeBinding* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<VertexAttributeBinding>(2, "VertexAttributeBinding", false);
@@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ int lua_Pass_unbind(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Pass* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->unbind();

gameplay/src/lua/lua_PhysicsCharacter.cpp

@@ -63,8 +63,8 @@ int lua_PhysicsCharacter_addCollisionListener(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 PhysicsCollisionObject::CollisionListener* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<PhysicsCollisionObject::CollisionListener>(2, "PhysicsCollisionObjectCollisionListener", false);
@@ -83,9 +83,9 @@ int lua_PhysicsCharacter_addCollisionListener(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 PhysicsCollisionObject::CollisionListener* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<PhysicsCollisionObject::CollisionListener>(2, "PhysicsCollisionObjectCollisionListener", false);
@@ -125,8 +125,8 @@ int lua_PhysicsCharacter_collidesWith(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 PhysicsCollisionObject* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<PhysicsCollisionObject>(2, "PhysicsCollisionObject", false);
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsCharacter_getCollisionShape(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsCharacter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getCollisionShape();
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsCharacter_getCurrentVelocity(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsCharacter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)new Vector3(instance->getCurrentVelocity());
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsCharacter_getMaxSlopeAngle(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsCharacter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getMaxSlopeAngle();
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsCharacter_getMaxStepHeight(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsCharacter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getMaxStepHeight();
@@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsCharacter_getNode(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsCharacter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getNode();
@@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsCharacter_getShapeType(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsCharacter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 PhysicsCollisionShape::Type result = instance->getShapeType();
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsCharacter_getType(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsCharacter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 PhysicsCollisionObject::Type result = instance->getType();
@@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsCharacter_isDynamic(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsCharacter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isDynamic();
@@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsCharacter_isEnabled(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsCharacter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isEnabled();
@@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsCharacter_isKinematic(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsCharacter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isKinematic();
@@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsCharacter_isPhysicsEnabled(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsCharacter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isPhysicsEnabled();
@@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsCharacter_jump(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -638,8 +638,8 @@ int lua_PhysicsCharacter_removeCollisionListener(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 PhysicsCollisionObject::CollisionListener* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<PhysicsCollisionObject::CollisionListener>(2, "PhysicsCollisionObjectCollisionListener", false);
@@ -658,9 +658,9 @@ int lua_PhysicsCharacter_removeCollisionListener(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 PhysicsCollisionObject::CollisionListener* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<PhysicsCollisionObject::CollisionListener>(2, "PhysicsCollisionObjectCollisionListener", false);
@@ -700,7 +700,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsCharacter_rotate(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -720,7 +720,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsCharacter_rotate(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -762,7 +762,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsCharacter_setEnabled(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -800,7 +800,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsCharacter_setForwardVelocity(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsCharacter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->setForwardVelocity();
@@ -816,7 +816,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsCharacter_setForwardVelocity(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -854,7 +854,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsCharacter_setMaxSlopeAngle(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -892,7 +892,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsCharacter_setMaxStepHeight(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -930,7 +930,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsCharacter_setPhysicsEnabled(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -968,7 +968,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsCharacter_setRightVelocity(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsCharacter* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->setRightVelocity();
@@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsCharacter_setRightVelocity(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1022,7 +1022,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsCharacter_setRotation(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1042,7 +1042,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsCharacter_setRotation(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -1084,7 +1084,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsCharacter_setVelocity(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1122,8 +1122,8 @@ int lua_PhysicsCharacter_transformChanged(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.

gameplay/src/lua/lua_PhysicsCollisionObject.cpp

@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsCollisionObject__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "PhysicsCollisionObject");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'PhysicsCollisionObject' expected.");
@@ -89,8 +89,8 @@ int lua_PhysicsCollisionObject_addCollisionListener(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 PhysicsCollisionObject::CollisionListener* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<PhysicsCollisionObject::CollisionListener>(2, "PhysicsCollisionObjectCollisionListener", false);
@@ -109,9 +109,9 @@ int lua_PhysicsCollisionObject_addCollisionListener(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 PhysicsCollisionObject::CollisionListener* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<PhysicsCollisionObject::CollisionListener>(2, "PhysicsCollisionObjectCollisionListener", false);
@@ -151,8 +151,8 @@ int lua_PhysicsCollisionObject_collidesWith(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 PhysicsCollisionObject* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<PhysicsCollisionObject>(2, "PhysicsCollisionObject", false);
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsCollisionObject_getCollisionShape(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsCollisionObject* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getCollisionShape();
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsCollisionObject_getNode(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsCollisionObject* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getNode();
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsCollisionObject_getShapeType(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsCollisionObject* instance = getInstance(state);
                 PhysicsCollisionShape::Type result = instance->getShapeType();
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsCollisionObject_getType(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsCollisionObject* instance = getInstance(state);
                 PhysicsCollisionObject::Type result = instance->getType();
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsCollisionObject_isDynamic(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsCollisionObject* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isDynamic();
@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsCollisionObject_isEnabled(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsCollisionObject* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isEnabled();
@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsCollisionObject_isKinematic(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsCollisionObject* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isKinematic();
@@ -469,8 +469,8 @@ int lua_PhysicsCollisionObject_removeCollisionListener(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 PhysicsCollisionObject::CollisionListener* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<PhysicsCollisionObject::CollisionListener>(2, "PhysicsCollisionObjectCollisionListener", false);
@@ -489,9 +489,9 @@ int lua_PhysicsCollisionObject_removeCollisionListener(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 PhysicsCollisionObject::CollisionListener* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<PhysicsCollisionObject::CollisionListener>(2, "PhysicsCollisionObjectCollisionListener", false);
@@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsCollisionObject_setEnabled(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.

gameplay/src/lua/lua_PhysicsCollisionObjectCollisionListener.cpp

@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsCollisionObjectCollisionListener__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "PhysicsCollisionObjectCollisionListener");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'PhysicsCollisionObjectCollisionListener' expected.");
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsCollisionObjectCollisionListener_collisionEvent(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsCollisionObjectCollisionListener_collisionEvent(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 4:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL))
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsCollisionObjectCollisionListener_collisionEvent(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 5:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL) &&

gameplay/src/lua/lua_PhysicsCollisionObjectCollisionPair.cpp

@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsCollisionObjectCollisionPair__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "PhysicsCollisionObjectCollisionPair");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'PhysicsCollisionObjectCollisionPair' expected.");
@@ -81,8 +81,8 @@ int lua_PhysicsCollisionObjectCollisionPair__init(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 PhysicsCollisionObject* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<PhysicsCollisionObject>(1, "PhysicsCollisionObject", false);

gameplay/src/lua/lua_PhysicsCollisionShape.cpp

@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsCollisionShape__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "PhysicsCollisionShape");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'PhysicsCollisionShape' expected.");
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsCollisionShape_addRef(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsCollisionShape* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->addRef();
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsCollisionShape_getRefCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsCollisionShape* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getRefCount();
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsCollisionShape_getType(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsCollisionShape* instance = getInstance(state);
                 PhysicsCollisionShape::Type result = instance->getType();
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsCollisionShape_release(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsCollisionShape* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->release();
@@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsCollisionShape_static_heightfield(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Image* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Image>(1, "Image", false);
@@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsCollisionShape_static_mesh(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Mesh* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Mesh>(1, "Mesh", false);

gameplay/src/lua/lua_PhysicsCollisionShapeDefinition.cpp

@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsCollisionShapeDefinition__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "PhysicsCollisionShapeDefinition");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'PhysicsCollisionShapeDefinition' expected.");

gameplay/src/lua/lua_PhysicsConstraint.cpp

@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsConstraint_getBreakingImpulse(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsConstraint* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getBreakingImpulse();
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsConstraint_isEnabled(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsConstraint* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isEnabled();
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsConstraint_setBreakingImpulse(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsConstraint_setEnabled(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -198,8 +198,8 @@ int lua_PhysicsConstraint_static_centerOfMassMidpoint(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Node* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Node>(1, "Node", false);
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsConstraint_static_getRotationOffset(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsConstraint_static_getTranslationOffset(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.

gameplay/src/lua/lua_PhysicsController.cpp

@@ -50,8 +50,8 @@ int lua_PhysicsController_addStatusListener(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 PhysicsController::Listener* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<PhysicsController::Listener>(2, "PhysicsControllerListener", false);
@@ -88,8 +88,8 @@ int lua_PhysicsController_createFixedConstraint(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 PhysicsRigidBody* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<PhysicsRigidBody>(2, "PhysicsRigidBody", false);
@@ -120,9 +120,9 @@ int lua_PhysicsController_createFixedConstraint(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 PhysicsRigidBody* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<PhysicsRigidBody>(2, "PhysicsRigidBody", false);
@@ -174,8 +174,8 @@ int lua_PhysicsController_createGenericConstraint(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 PhysicsRigidBody* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<PhysicsRigidBody>(2, "PhysicsRigidBody", false);
@@ -206,9 +206,9 @@ int lua_PhysicsController_createGenericConstraint(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 PhysicsRigidBody* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<PhysicsRigidBody>(2, "PhysicsRigidBody", false);
@@ -242,8 +242,8 @@ int lua_PhysicsController_createGenericConstraint(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 4:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -282,11 +282,11 @@ int lua_PhysicsController_createGenericConstraint(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 5:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 PhysicsRigidBody* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<PhysicsRigidBody>(2, "PhysicsRigidBody", false);
@@ -326,11 +326,11 @@ int lua_PhysicsController_createGenericConstraint(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 6:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -374,11 +374,11 @@ int lua_PhysicsController_createGenericConstraint(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 7:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 7) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 7) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -444,8 +444,8 @@ int lua_PhysicsController_createHingeConstraint(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 4:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -484,11 +484,11 @@ int lua_PhysicsController_createHingeConstraint(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 5:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 PhysicsRigidBody* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<PhysicsRigidBody>(2, "PhysicsRigidBody", false);
@@ -528,11 +528,11 @@ int lua_PhysicsController_createHingeConstraint(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 6:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -576,11 +576,11 @@ int lua_PhysicsController_createHingeConstraint(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 7:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 7) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 7) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -646,8 +646,8 @@ int lua_PhysicsController_createSocketConstraint(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 PhysicsRigidBody* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<PhysicsRigidBody>(2, "PhysicsRigidBody", false);
@@ -678,9 +678,9 @@ int lua_PhysicsController_createSocketConstraint(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 PhysicsRigidBody* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<PhysicsRigidBody>(2, "PhysicsRigidBody", false);
@@ -705,8 +705,8 @@ int lua_PhysicsController_createSocketConstraint(lua_State* state)
 
                 return 1;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -741,10 +741,10 @@ int lua_PhysicsController_createSocketConstraint(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 4:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 PhysicsRigidBody* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<PhysicsRigidBody>(2, "PhysicsRigidBody", false);
@@ -781,10 +781,10 @@ int lua_PhysicsController_createSocketConstraint(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 5:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -843,9 +843,9 @@ int lua_PhysicsController_createSpringConstraint(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 PhysicsRigidBody* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<PhysicsRigidBody>(2, "PhysicsRigidBody", false);
@@ -879,11 +879,11 @@ int lua_PhysicsController_createSpringConstraint(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 7:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 7) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 7) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -949,7 +949,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsController_drawDebug(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -987,7 +987,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsController_getGravity(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsController* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getGravity());
@@ -1033,7 +1033,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsController_rayTest(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -1060,10 +1060,10 @@ int lua_PhysicsController_rayTest(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 4:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Ray* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Ray>(2, "Ray", true);
@@ -1091,11 +1091,11 @@ int lua_PhysicsController_rayTest(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 5:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Ray* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Ray>(2, "Ray", true);
@@ -1144,8 +1144,8 @@ int lua_PhysicsController_removeStatusListener(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 PhysicsController::Listener* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<PhysicsController::Listener>(2, "PhysicsControllerListener", false);
@@ -1182,7 +1182,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsController_setGravity(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1220,8 +1220,8 @@ int lua_PhysicsController_sweepTest(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1247,10 +1247,10 @@ int lua_PhysicsController_sweepTest(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 4:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 PhysicsCollisionObject* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<PhysicsCollisionObject>(2, "PhysicsCollisionObject", false);
@@ -1278,11 +1278,11 @@ int lua_PhysicsController_sweepTest(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 5:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 PhysicsCollisionObject* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<PhysicsCollisionObject>(2, "PhysicsCollisionObject", false);

gameplay/src/lua/lua_PhysicsControllerHitFilter.cpp

@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsControllerHitFilter__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "PhysicsControllerHitFilter");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'PhysicsControllerHitFilter' expected.");
@@ -118,8 +118,8 @@ int lua_PhysicsControllerHitFilter_filter(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 PhysicsCollisionObject* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<PhysicsCollisionObject>(2, "PhysicsCollisionObject", false);
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsControllerHitFilter_hit(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.

gameplay/src/lua/lua_PhysicsControllerHitResult.cpp

@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsControllerHitResult__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "PhysicsControllerHitResult");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'PhysicsControllerHitResult' expected.");

gameplay/src/lua/lua_PhysicsControllerListener.cpp

@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsControllerListener_statusEvent(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.

gameplay/src/lua/lua_PhysicsFixedConstraint.cpp

@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsFixedConstraint_getBreakingImpulse(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsFixedConstraint* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getBreakingImpulse();
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsFixedConstraint_getRotationOffsetA(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsFixedConstraint* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getRotationOffsetA());
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsFixedConstraint_getRotationOffsetB(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsFixedConstraint* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getRotationOffsetB());
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsFixedConstraint_getTranslationOffsetA(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsFixedConstraint* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getTranslationOffsetA());
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsFixedConstraint_getTranslationOffsetB(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsFixedConstraint* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getTranslationOffsetB());
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsFixedConstraint_isEnabled(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsFixedConstraint* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isEnabled();
@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsFixedConstraint_setBreakingImpulse(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsFixedConstraint_setEnabled(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsFixedConstraint_setRotationOffsetA(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsFixedConstraint_setRotationOffsetB(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsFixedConstraint_setTranslationOffsetA(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsFixedConstraint_setTranslationOffsetB(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -542,8 +542,8 @@ int lua_PhysicsFixedConstraint_static_centerOfMassMidpoint(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Node* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Node>(1, "Node", false);
@@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsFixedConstraint_static_getRotationOffset(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -646,7 +646,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsFixedConstraint_static_getTranslationOffset(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.

gameplay/src/lua/lua_PhysicsGenericConstraint.cpp

@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsGenericConstraint_getBreakingImpulse(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsGenericConstraint* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getBreakingImpulse();
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsGenericConstraint_getRotationOffsetA(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsGenericConstraint* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getRotationOffsetA());
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsGenericConstraint_getRotationOffsetB(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsGenericConstraint* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getRotationOffsetB());
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsGenericConstraint_getTranslationOffsetA(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsGenericConstraint* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getTranslationOffsetA());
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsGenericConstraint_getTranslationOffsetB(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsGenericConstraint* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getTranslationOffsetB());
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsGenericConstraint_isEnabled(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsGenericConstraint* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isEnabled();
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsGenericConstraint_setAngularLowerLimit(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsGenericConstraint_setAngularUpperLimit(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsGenericConstraint_setBreakingImpulse(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsGenericConstraint_setEnabled(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -470,7 +470,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsGenericConstraint_setLinearLowerLimit(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsGenericConstraint_setLinearUpperLimit(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsGenericConstraint_setRotationOffsetA(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsGenericConstraint_setRotationOffsetB(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsGenericConstraint_setTranslationOffsetA(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -660,7 +660,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsGenericConstraint_setTranslationOffsetB(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -698,8 +698,8 @@ int lua_PhysicsGenericConstraint_static_centerOfMassMidpoint(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Node* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Node>(1, "Node", false);
@@ -750,7 +750,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsGenericConstraint_static_getRotationOffset(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -802,7 +802,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsGenericConstraint_static_getTranslationOffset(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.

gameplay/src/lua/lua_PhysicsGhostObject.cpp

@@ -50,8 +50,8 @@ int lua_PhysicsGhostObject_addCollisionListener(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 PhysicsCollisionObject::CollisionListener* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<PhysicsCollisionObject::CollisionListener>(2, "PhysicsCollisionObjectCollisionListener", false);
@@ -70,9 +70,9 @@ int lua_PhysicsGhostObject_addCollisionListener(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 PhysicsCollisionObject::CollisionListener* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<PhysicsCollisionObject::CollisionListener>(2, "PhysicsCollisionObjectCollisionListener", false);
@@ -112,8 +112,8 @@ int lua_PhysicsGhostObject_collidesWith(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 PhysicsCollisionObject* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<PhysicsCollisionObject>(2, "PhysicsCollisionObject", false);
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsGhostObject_getCollisionShape(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsGhostObject* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getCollisionShape();
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsGhostObject_getNode(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsGhostObject* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getNode();
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsGhostObject_getShapeType(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsGhostObject* instance = getInstance(state);
                 PhysicsCollisionShape::Type result = instance->getShapeType();
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsGhostObject_getType(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsGhostObject* instance = getInstance(state);
                 PhysicsCollisionObject::Type result = instance->getType();
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsGhostObject_isDynamic(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsGhostObject* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isDynamic();
@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsGhostObject_isEnabled(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsGhostObject* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isEnabled();
@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsGhostObject_isKinematic(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsGhostObject* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isKinematic();
@@ -430,8 +430,8 @@ int lua_PhysicsGhostObject_removeCollisionListener(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 PhysicsCollisionObject::CollisionListener* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<PhysicsCollisionObject::CollisionListener>(2, "PhysicsCollisionObjectCollisionListener", false);
@@ -450,9 +450,9 @@ int lua_PhysicsGhostObject_removeCollisionListener(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 PhysicsCollisionObject::CollisionListener* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<PhysicsCollisionObject::CollisionListener>(2, "PhysicsCollisionObjectCollisionListener", false);
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsGhostObject_setEnabled(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -530,8 +530,8 @@ int lua_PhysicsGhostObject_transformChanged(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.

gameplay/src/lua/lua_PhysicsHingeConstraint.cpp

@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsHingeConstraint_getBreakingImpulse(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsHingeConstraint* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getBreakingImpulse();
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsHingeConstraint_isEnabled(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsHingeConstraint* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isEnabled();
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsHingeConstraint_setBreakingImpulse(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsHingeConstraint_setEnabled(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsHingeConstraint_setLimits(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsHingeConstraint_setLimits(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 4:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER)
@@ -269,8 +269,8 @@ int lua_PhysicsHingeConstraint_static_centerOfMassMidpoint(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Node* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Node>(1, "Node", false);
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsHingeConstraint_static_getRotationOffset(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsHingeConstraint_static_getTranslationOffset(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.

gameplay/src/lua/lua_PhysicsRigidBody.cpp

@@ -72,8 +72,8 @@ int lua_PhysicsRigidBody_addCollisionListener(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 PhysicsCollisionObject::CollisionListener* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<PhysicsCollisionObject::CollisionListener>(2, "PhysicsCollisionObjectCollisionListener", false);
@@ -92,9 +92,9 @@ int lua_PhysicsRigidBody_addCollisionListener(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 PhysicsCollisionObject::CollisionListener* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<PhysicsCollisionObject::CollisionListener>(2, "PhysicsCollisionObjectCollisionListener", false);
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsRigidBody_applyForce(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -154,9 +154,9 @@ int lua_PhysicsRigidBody_applyForce(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Vector3* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Vector3>(2, "Vector3", true);
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsRigidBody_applyImpulse(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -216,9 +216,9 @@ int lua_PhysicsRigidBody_applyImpulse(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Vector3* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Vector3>(2, "Vector3", true);
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsRigidBody_applyTorque(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsRigidBody_applyTorqueImpulse(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -334,8 +334,8 @@ int lua_PhysicsRigidBody_collidesWith(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 PhysicsCollisionObject* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<PhysicsCollisionObject>(2, "PhysicsCollisionObject", false);
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsRigidBody_getAngularDamping(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsRigidBody* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getAngularDamping();
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsRigidBody_getAngularVelocity(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsRigidBody* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)new Vector3(instance->getAngularVelocity());
@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsRigidBody_getAnisotropicFriction(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsRigidBody* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)new Vector3(instance->getAnisotropicFriction());
@@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsRigidBody_getCollisionShape(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsRigidBody* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getCollisionShape();
@@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsRigidBody_getFriction(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsRigidBody* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getFriction();
@@ -587,7 +587,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsRigidBody_getGravity(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsRigidBody* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)new Vector3(instance->getGravity());
@@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsRigidBody_getHeight(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -678,7 +678,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsRigidBody_getLinearDamping(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsRigidBody* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getLinearDamping();
@@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsRigidBody_getLinearVelocity(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsRigidBody* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)new Vector3(instance->getLinearVelocity());
@@ -761,7 +761,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsRigidBody_getMass(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsRigidBody* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getMass();
@@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsRigidBody_getNode(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsRigidBody* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getNode();
@@ -844,7 +844,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsRigidBody_getRestitution(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsRigidBody* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getRestitution();
@@ -881,7 +881,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsRigidBody_getShapeType(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsRigidBody* instance = getInstance(state);
                 PhysicsCollisionShape::Type result = instance->getShapeType();
@@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsRigidBody_getType(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsRigidBody* instance = getInstance(state);
                 PhysicsCollisionObject::Type result = instance->getType();
@@ -955,7 +955,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsRigidBody_isDynamic(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsRigidBody* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isDynamic();
@@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsRigidBody_isEnabled(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsRigidBody* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isEnabled();
@@ -1029,7 +1029,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsRigidBody_isKinematic(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsRigidBody* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isKinematic();
@@ -1066,7 +1066,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsRigidBody_isStatic(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsRigidBody* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isStatic();
@@ -1103,8 +1103,8 @@ int lua_PhysicsRigidBody_removeCollisionListener(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 PhysicsCollisionObject::CollisionListener* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<PhysicsCollisionObject::CollisionListener>(2, "PhysicsCollisionObjectCollisionListener", false);
@@ -1123,9 +1123,9 @@ int lua_PhysicsRigidBody_removeCollisionListener(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 PhysicsCollisionObject::CollisionListener* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<PhysicsCollisionObject::CollisionListener>(2, "PhysicsCollisionObjectCollisionListener", false);
@@ -1165,7 +1165,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsRigidBody_setAngularVelocity(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1203,7 +1203,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsRigidBody_setAnisotropicFriction(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1241,7 +1241,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsRigidBody_setDamping(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -1283,7 +1283,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsRigidBody_setEnabled(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1321,7 +1321,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsRigidBody_setFriction(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1359,7 +1359,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsRigidBody_setGravity(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1397,7 +1397,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsRigidBody_setKinematic(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1435,7 +1435,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsRigidBody_setLinearVelocity(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1473,7 +1473,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsRigidBody_setRestitution(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.

gameplay/src/lua/lua_PhysicsRigidBodyParameters.cpp

@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsRigidBodyParameters__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "PhysicsRigidBodyParameters");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'PhysicsRigidBodyParameters' expected.");

gameplay/src/lua/lua_PhysicsSocketConstraint.cpp

@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsSocketConstraint_getBreakingImpulse(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsSocketConstraint* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getBreakingImpulse();
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsSocketConstraint_isEnabled(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsSocketConstraint* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isEnabled();
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsSocketConstraint_setBreakingImpulse(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsSocketConstraint_setEnabled(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -198,8 +198,8 @@ int lua_PhysicsSocketConstraint_static_centerOfMassMidpoint(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Node* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Node>(1, "Node", false);
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsSocketConstraint_static_getRotationOffset(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsSocketConstraint_static_getTranslationOffset(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.

gameplay/src/lua/lua_PhysicsSpringConstraint.cpp

@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsSpringConstraint_getBreakingImpulse(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsSpringConstraint* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getBreakingImpulse();
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsSpringConstraint_getRotationOffsetA(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsSpringConstraint* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getRotationOffsetA());
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsSpringConstraint_getRotationOffsetB(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsSpringConstraint* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getRotationOffsetB());
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsSpringConstraint_getTranslationOffsetA(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsSpringConstraint* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getTranslationOffsetA());
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsSpringConstraint_getTranslationOffsetB(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsSpringConstraint* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getTranslationOffsetB());
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsSpringConstraint_isEnabled(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 PhysicsSpringConstraint* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isEnabled();
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsSpringConstraint_setAngularDampingX(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsSpringConstraint_setAngularDampingY(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsSpringConstraint_setAngularDampingZ(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsSpringConstraint_setAngularLowerLimit(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsSpringConstraint_setAngularStrengthX(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsSpringConstraint_setAngularStrengthY(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsSpringConstraint_setAngularStrengthZ(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsSpringConstraint_setAngularUpperLimit(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -634,7 +634,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsSpringConstraint_setBreakingImpulse(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsSpringConstraint_setEnabled(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -710,7 +710,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsSpringConstraint_setLinearDampingX(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -748,7 +748,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsSpringConstraint_setLinearDampingY(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -786,7 +786,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsSpringConstraint_setLinearDampingZ(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -824,7 +824,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsSpringConstraint_setLinearLowerLimit(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -862,7 +862,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsSpringConstraint_setLinearStrengthX(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -900,7 +900,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsSpringConstraint_setLinearStrengthY(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -938,7 +938,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsSpringConstraint_setLinearStrengthZ(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -976,7 +976,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsSpringConstraint_setLinearUpperLimit(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsSpringConstraint_setRotationOffsetA(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1052,7 +1052,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsSpringConstraint_setRotationOffsetB(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1090,7 +1090,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsSpringConstraint_setTranslationOffsetA(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1128,7 +1128,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsSpringConstraint_setTranslationOffsetB(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1166,8 +1166,8 @@ int lua_PhysicsSpringConstraint_static_centerOfMassMidpoint(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Node* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Node>(1, "Node", false);
@@ -1218,7 +1218,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsSpringConstraint_static_getRotationOffset(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1270,7 +1270,7 @@ int lua_PhysicsSpringConstraint_static_getTranslationOffset(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.

gameplay/src/lua/lua_Plane.cpp

@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ int lua_Plane__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "Plane");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'Plane' expected.");
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ int lua_Plane_distance(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ int lua_Plane_getDistance(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Plane* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getDistance();
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ int lua_Plane_getNormal(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Plane* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getNormal());
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ int lua_Plane_intersects(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ int lua_Plane_intersects(lua_State* state)
 
                 return 1;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ int lua_Plane_intersects(lua_State* state)
 
                 return 1;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ int lua_Plane_intersects(lua_State* state)
 
                 return 1;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ int lua_Plane_intersects(lua_State* state)
 
                 return 1;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ int lua_Plane_isParallel(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ int lua_Plane_set(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ int lua_Plane_set(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ int lua_Plane_setDistance(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ int lua_Plane_setNormal(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ int lua_Plane_static_intersection(lua_State* state)
             if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Plane* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Plane>(1, "Plane", true);
@@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ int lua_Plane_transform(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.

gameplay/src/lua/lua_Platform.cpp

@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ int lua_Platform__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "Platform");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'Platform' expected.");
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ int lua_Platform_enterMessagePump(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Platform* instance = getInstance(state);
                 int result = instance->enterMessagePump();
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ int lua_Platform_static_create(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Game* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Game>(1, "Game", false);

gameplay/src/lua/lua_Properties.cpp

@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ int lua_Properties__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "Properties");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'Properties' expected.");
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ int lua_Properties_exists(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ int lua_Properties_getBool(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Properties* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->getBool();
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ int lua_Properties_getBool(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -200,9 +200,9 @@ int lua_Properties_getColor(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 const char* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getString(2, false);
@@ -218,9 +218,9 @@ int lua_Properties_getColor(lua_State* state)
 
                 return 1;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 const char* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getString(2, false);
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ int lua_Properties_getFloat(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Properties* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getFloat();
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ int lua_Properties_getFloat(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ int lua_Properties_getId(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Properties* instance = getInstance(state);
                 const char* result = instance->getId();
@@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ int lua_Properties_getInt(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Properties* instance = getInstance(state);
                 int result = instance->getInt();
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ int lua_Properties_getInt(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ int lua_Properties_getLong(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Properties* instance = getInstance(state);
                 long result = instance->getLong();
@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ int lua_Properties_getLong(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -480,9 +480,9 @@ int lua_Properties_getMatrix(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 const char* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getString(2, false);
@@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ int lua_Properties_getNamespace(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Properties* instance = getInstance(state);
                 const char* result = instance->getNamespace();
@@ -544,7 +544,7 @@ int lua_Properties_getNamespace(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ int lua_Properties_getNamespace(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
@@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ int lua_Properties_getNextNamespace(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Properties* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getNextNamespace();
@@ -676,9 +676,9 @@ int lua_Properties_getQuaternionFromAxisAngle(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 const char* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getString(2, false);
@@ -721,7 +721,7 @@ int lua_Properties_getString(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Properties* instance = getInstance(state);
                 const char* result = instance->getString();
@@ -740,7 +740,7 @@ int lua_Properties_getString(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -781,7 +781,7 @@ int lua_Properties_getType(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Properties* instance = getInstance(state);
                 Properties::Type result = instance->getType();
@@ -800,7 +800,7 @@ int lua_Properties_getType(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -841,9 +841,9 @@ int lua_Properties_getVector2(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 const char* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getString(2, false);
@@ -886,9 +886,9 @@ int lua_Properties_getVector3(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 const char* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getString(2, false);
@@ -931,9 +931,9 @@ int lua_Properties_getVector4(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 const char* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getString(2, false);
@@ -976,7 +976,7 @@ int lua_Properties_rewind(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Properties* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->rewind();

gameplay/src/lua/lua_Quaternion.cpp

@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ int lua_Quaternion__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "Quaternion");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'Quaternion' expected.");
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ int lua_Quaternion_conjugate(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Quaternion* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->conjugate();
@@ -303,8 +303,8 @@ int lua_Quaternion_conjugate(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Quaternion* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Quaternion>(2, "Quaternion", false);
@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ int lua_Quaternion_inverse(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Quaternion* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->inverse();
@@ -360,8 +360,8 @@ int lua_Quaternion_inverse(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Quaternion* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Quaternion>(2, "Quaternion", false);
@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ int lua_Quaternion_isIdentity(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Quaternion* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isIdentity();
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ int lua_Quaternion_isZero(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Quaternion* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isZero();
@@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ int lua_Quaternion_multiply(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ int lua_Quaternion_normalize(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Quaternion* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->normalize();
@@ -529,8 +529,8 @@ int lua_Quaternion_normalize(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Quaternion* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Quaternion>(2, "Quaternion", false);
@@ -567,7 +567,7 @@ int lua_Quaternion_set(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ int lua_Quaternion_set(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -589,7 +589,7 @@ int lua_Quaternion_set(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -609,7 +609,7 @@ int lua_Quaternion_set(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ int lua_Quaternion_set(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 5:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -683,7 +683,7 @@ int lua_Quaternion_setIdentity(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Quaternion* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->setIdentity();
@@ -719,7 +719,7 @@ int lua_Quaternion_static_createFromAxisAngle(lua_State* state)
         {
             if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Vector3* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Vector3>(1, "Vector3", true);
@@ -762,7 +762,7 @@ int lua_Quaternion_static_createFromRotationMatrix(lua_State* state)
         case 2:
         {
             if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Matrix* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Matrix>(1, "Matrix", true);
@@ -841,7 +841,7 @@ int lua_Quaternion_static_lerp(lua_State* state)
             if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Quaternion* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Quaternion>(1, "Quaternion", true);
@@ -888,7 +888,7 @@ int lua_Quaternion_static_multiply(lua_State* state)
         {
             if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Quaternion* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Quaternion>(1, "Quaternion", true);
@@ -933,7 +933,7 @@ int lua_Quaternion_static_slerp(lua_State* state)
             if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Quaternion* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Quaternion>(1, "Quaternion", true);
@@ -983,7 +983,7 @@ int lua_Quaternion_static_squad(lua_State* state)
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 5) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 6) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Quaternion* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Quaternion>(1, "Quaternion", true);
@@ -1071,8 +1071,8 @@ int lua_Quaternion_toAxisAngle(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Vector3* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Vector3>(2, "Vector3", false);

gameplay/src/lua/lua_RadioButton.cpp

@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "RadioButton");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'RadioButton' expected.");
@@ -170,8 +170,8 @@ int lua_RadioButton_addListener(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_addRef(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RadioButton* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->addRef();
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_createAnimation(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -273,9 +273,9 @@ int lua_RadioButton_createAnimation(lua_State* state)
 
                 return 1;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 const char* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getString(2, false);
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_createAnimation(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 7:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_createAnimation(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 9:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_createAnimationFromBy(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 7:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA) &&
@@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_createAnimationFromTo(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 7:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA) &&
@@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_destroyAnimation(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RadioButton* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->destroyAnimation();
@@ -595,7 +595,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_destroyAnimation(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_disable(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RadioButton* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->disable();
@@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_enable(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RadioButton* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->enable();
@@ -701,7 +701,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getAlignment(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RadioButton* instance = getInstance(state);
                 Control::Alignment result = instance->getAlignment();
@@ -738,7 +738,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getAnimation(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RadioButton* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getAnimation();
@@ -766,7 +766,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getAnimation(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -816,7 +816,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getAnimationPropertyComponentCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -857,9 +857,9 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getAnimationPropertyValue(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 int param1 = (int)luaL_checkint(state, 2);
@@ -899,7 +899,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getAutoHeight(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RadioButton* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->getAutoHeight();
@@ -936,7 +936,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getAutoWidth(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RadioButton* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->getAutoWidth();
@@ -973,7 +973,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getBorder(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RadioButton* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getBorder());
@@ -1001,7 +1001,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getBorder(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1051,7 +1051,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getBounds(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RadioButton* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getBounds());
@@ -1097,7 +1097,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getClip(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RadioButton* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getClip());
@@ -1143,7 +1143,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getClipBounds(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RadioButton* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getClipBounds());
@@ -1189,7 +1189,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getConsumeInputEvents(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RadioButton* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->getConsumeInputEvents();
@@ -1226,7 +1226,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getCursorColor(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1276,7 +1276,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getCursorRegion(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1326,7 +1326,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getCursorUVs(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1376,7 +1376,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getFocusIndex(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RadioButton* instance = getInstance(state);
                 int result = instance->getFocusIndex();
@@ -1413,7 +1413,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getFont(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RadioButton* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getFont();
@@ -1441,7 +1441,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getFont(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1491,7 +1491,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getFontSize(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RadioButton* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getFontSize();
@@ -1510,7 +1510,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getFontSize(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1551,7 +1551,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getHeight(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RadioButton* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getHeight();
@@ -1588,7 +1588,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getId(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RadioButton* instance = getInstance(state);
                 const char* result = instance->getId();
@@ -1625,7 +1625,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getImageColor(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -1679,7 +1679,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getImageRegion(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -1733,7 +1733,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getImageSize(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RadioButton* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getImageSize());
@@ -1779,7 +1779,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getImageUVs(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -1833,7 +1833,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getMargin(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RadioButton* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getMargin());
@@ -1879,7 +1879,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getOpacity(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RadioButton* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getOpacity();
@@ -1898,7 +1898,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getOpacity(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1939,7 +1939,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getPadding(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RadioButton* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getPadding());
@@ -1985,7 +1985,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getRefCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RadioButton* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getRefCount();
@@ -2022,7 +2022,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getSkinColor(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RadioButton* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getSkinColor());
@@ -2050,7 +2050,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getSkinColor(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2100,7 +2100,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getSkinRegion(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RadioButton* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getSkinRegion());
@@ -2128,7 +2128,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getSkinRegion(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2178,7 +2178,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getState(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RadioButton* instance = getInstance(state);
                 Control::State result = instance->getState();
@@ -2215,7 +2215,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getStyle(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RadioButton* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getStyle();
@@ -2261,7 +2261,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getText(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RadioButton* instance = getInstance(state);
                 const char* result = instance->getText();
@@ -2298,7 +2298,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getTextAlignment(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RadioButton* instance = getInstance(state);
                 Font::Justify result = instance->getTextAlignment();
@@ -2317,7 +2317,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getTextAlignment(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2358,7 +2358,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getTextColor(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RadioButton* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getTextColor());
@@ -2386,7 +2386,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getTextColor(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2436,7 +2436,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getTextRightToLeft(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RadioButton* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->getTextRightToLeft();
@@ -2455,7 +2455,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getTextRightToLeft(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2496,7 +2496,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getType(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RadioButton* instance = getInstance(state);
                 const char* result = instance->getType();
@@ -2533,7 +2533,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getWidth(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RadioButton* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getWidth();
@@ -2570,7 +2570,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getX(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RadioButton* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getX();
@@ -2607,7 +2607,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getY(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RadioButton* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->getY();
@@ -2644,7 +2644,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_getZIndex(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RadioButton* instance = getInstance(state);
                 int result = instance->getZIndex();
@@ -2681,7 +2681,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_isContainer(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RadioButton* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isContainer();
@@ -2718,7 +2718,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_isEnabled(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RadioButton* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isEnabled();
@@ -2755,7 +2755,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_isSelected(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RadioButton* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isSelected();
@@ -2792,7 +2792,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_release(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RadioButton* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->release();
@@ -2826,7 +2826,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_setAlignment(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2864,9 +2864,9 @@ int lua_RadioButton_setAnimationPropertyValue(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 int param1 = (int)luaL_checkint(state, 2);
@@ -2888,9 +2888,9 @@ int lua_RadioButton_setAnimationPropertyValue(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 4:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2934,7 +2934,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_setAutoHeight(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -2972,7 +2972,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_setAutoWidth(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3010,7 +3010,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_setBorder(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 5:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -3042,7 +3042,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_setBorder(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 6:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -3096,7 +3096,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_setBounds(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3134,7 +3134,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_setConsumeInputEvents(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3172,7 +3172,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_setCursorColor(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -3214,7 +3214,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_setCursorRegion(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -3256,7 +3256,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_setFocusIndex(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3294,8 +3294,8 @@ int lua_RadioButton_setFont(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Font* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Font>(2, "Font", false);
@@ -3314,8 +3314,8 @@ int lua_RadioButton_setFont(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3356,7 +3356,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_setFontSize(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3376,7 +3376,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_setFontSize(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -3418,7 +3418,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_setImageColor(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -3442,7 +3442,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_setImageColor(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 4:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER)
@@ -3488,7 +3488,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_setImageRegion(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -3512,7 +3512,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_setImageRegion(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 4:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER)
@@ -3558,7 +3558,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_setImageSize(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -3600,7 +3600,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_setMargin(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 5:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -3650,7 +3650,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_setOpacity(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3670,7 +3670,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_setOpacity(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -3712,7 +3712,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_setPadding(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 5:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -3762,7 +3762,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_setPosition(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -3804,7 +3804,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_setSize(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -3846,7 +3846,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_setSkinColor(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3866,7 +3866,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_setSkinColor(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -3908,7 +3908,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_setSkinRegion(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -3928,7 +3928,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_setSkinRegion(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -3970,7 +3970,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_setState(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -4008,8 +4008,8 @@ int lua_RadioButton_setStyle(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Theme::Style* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Theme::Style>(2, "ThemeStyle", false);
@@ -4046,7 +4046,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_setText(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -4084,7 +4084,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_setTextAlignment(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -4104,7 +4104,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_setTextAlignment(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -4146,7 +4146,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_setTextColor(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -4166,7 +4166,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_setTextColor(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -4208,7 +4208,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_setTextRightToLeft(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -4228,7 +4228,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_setTextRightToLeft(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -4270,7 +4270,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_setZIndex(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -4428,7 +4428,7 @@ int lua_RadioButton_static_create(lua_State* state)
         case 2:
         {
             if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 const char* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getString(1, false);

gameplay/src/lua/lua_Ray.cpp

@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ int lua_Ray__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "Ray");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'Ray' expected.");
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ int lua_Ray_getDirection(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Ray* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getDirection());
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ int lua_Ray_getOrigin(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Ray* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getOrigin());
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ int lua_Ray_intersects(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ int lua_Ray_intersects(lua_State* state)
 
                 return 1;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ int lua_Ray_intersects(lua_State* state)
 
                 return 1;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ int lua_Ray_intersects(lua_State* state)
 
                 return 1;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ int lua_Ray_set(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ int lua_Ray_set(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ int lua_Ray_setDirection(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ int lua_Ray_setOrigin(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ int lua_Ray_transform(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.

gameplay/src/lua/lua_Rectangle.cpp

@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ int lua_Rectangle__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "Rectangle");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'Rectangle' expected.");
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ int lua_Rectangle_bottom(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Rectangle* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->bottom();
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ int lua_Rectangle_contains(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ int lua_Rectangle_contains(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ int lua_Rectangle_contains(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 5:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ int lua_Rectangle_inflate(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ int lua_Rectangle_intersects(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ int lua_Rectangle_intersects(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 5:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -527,7 +527,7 @@ int lua_Rectangle_isEmpty(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Rectangle* instance = getInstance(state);
                 bool result = instance->isEmpty();
@@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ int lua_Rectangle_left(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Rectangle* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->left();
@@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ int lua_Rectangle_right(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Rectangle* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->right();
@@ -638,7 +638,7 @@ int lua_Rectangle_set(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -658,7 +658,7 @@ int lua_Rectangle_set(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 5:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -708,7 +708,7 @@ int lua_Rectangle_setPosition(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
@@ -752,7 +752,7 @@ int lua_Rectangle_static_combine(lua_State* state)
         {
             if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Rectangle* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Rectangle>(1, "Rectangle", true);
@@ -831,7 +831,7 @@ int lua_Rectangle_top(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Rectangle* instance = getInstance(state);
                 float result = instance->top();

gameplay/src/lua/lua_Ref.cpp

@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ int lua_Ref_addRef(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Ref* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->addRef();
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ int lua_Ref_getRefCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Ref* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getRefCount();
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ int lua_Ref_release(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Ref* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->release();

gameplay/src/lua/lua_RenderState.cpp

@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ int lua_RenderState__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "RenderState");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'RenderState' expected.");
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ int lua_RenderState_addRef(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RenderState* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->addRef();
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ int lua_RenderState_getParameter(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ int lua_RenderState_getRefCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RenderState* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getRefCount();
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ int lua_RenderState_getStateBlock(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RenderState* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getStateBlock();
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ int lua_RenderState_release(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RenderState* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->release();
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ int lua_RenderState_setParameterAutoBinding(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ int lua_RenderState_setParameterAutoBinding(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -343,8 +343,8 @@ int lua_RenderState_setStateBlock(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 RenderState::StateBlock* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<RenderState::StateBlock>(2, "RenderStateStateBlock", false);

gameplay/src/lua/lua_RenderStateStateBlock.cpp

@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ int lua_RenderStateStateBlock__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "RenderStateStateBlock");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'RenderStateStateBlock' expected.");
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ int lua_RenderStateStateBlock_addRef(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RenderState::StateBlock* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->addRef();
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ int lua_RenderStateStateBlock_bind(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RenderState::StateBlock* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->bind();
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ int lua_RenderStateStateBlock_getRefCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RenderState::StateBlock* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getRefCount();
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ int lua_RenderStateStateBlock_release(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RenderState::StateBlock* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->release();
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ int lua_RenderStateStateBlock_setBlend(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ int lua_RenderStateStateBlock_setBlendDst(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ int lua_RenderStateStateBlock_setBlendSrc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ int lua_RenderStateStateBlock_setCullFace(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ int lua_RenderStateStateBlock_setDepthTest(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ int lua_RenderStateStateBlock_setDepthWrite(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ int lua_RenderStateStateBlock_setState(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {

gameplay/src/lua/lua_RenderTarget.cpp

@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ int lua_RenderTarget__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "RenderTarget");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'RenderTarget' expected.");
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ int lua_RenderTarget_addRef(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RenderTarget* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->addRef();
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ int lua_RenderTarget_getId(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RenderTarget* instance = getInstance(state);
                 const char* result = instance->getId();
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ int lua_RenderTarget_getRefCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RenderTarget* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getRefCount();
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ int lua_RenderTarget_getTexture(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RenderTarget* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getTexture();
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ int lua_RenderTarget_release(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 RenderTarget* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->release();

gameplay/src/lua/lua_Scene.cpp

@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ int lua_Scene__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "Scene");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'Scene' expected.");
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ int lua_Scene_addNode(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Scene* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->addNode();
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ int lua_Scene_addNode(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -152,8 +152,8 @@ int lua_Scene_addNode(lua_State* state)
 
                 return 1;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Node* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Node>(2, "Node", false);
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ int lua_Scene_addRef(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Scene* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->addRef();
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ int lua_Scene_bindAudioListenerToCamera(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ int lua_Scene_drawDebug(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ int lua_Scene_findNode(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ int lua_Scene_findNode(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
             {
@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ int lua_Scene_findNode(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 4:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TBOOLEAN &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ int lua_Scene_getActiveCamera(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Scene* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getActiveCamera();
@@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ int lua_Scene_getAmbientColor(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Scene* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getAmbientColor());
@@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ int lua_Scene_getFirstNode(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Scene* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getFirstNode();
@@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ int lua_Scene_getId(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Scene* instance = getInstance(state);
                 const char* result = instance->getId();
@@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ int lua_Scene_getNodeCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Scene* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getNodeCount();
@@ -638,7 +638,7 @@ int lua_Scene_getRefCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Scene* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getRefCount();
@@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ int lua_Scene_release(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Scene* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->release();
@@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ int lua_Scene_removeAllNodes(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Scene* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->removeAllNodes();
@@ -743,8 +743,8 @@ int lua_Scene_removeNode(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Node* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Node>(2, "Node", false);
@@ -781,8 +781,8 @@ int lua_Scene_setActiveCamera(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Camera* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Camera>(2, "Camera", false);
@@ -819,7 +819,7 @@ int lua_Scene_setAmbientColor(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 4:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER)
@@ -865,7 +865,7 @@ int lua_Scene_setId(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -988,7 +988,7 @@ int lua_Scene_visit(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.

gameplay/src/lua/lua_SceneLoader.cpp

@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ int lua_SceneLoader__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "SceneLoader");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'SceneLoader' expected.");

gameplay/src/lua/lua_ScreenDisplayer.cpp

@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ int lua_ScreenDisplayer__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "ScreenDisplayer");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'ScreenDisplayer' expected.");

gameplay/src/lua/lua_ScriptController.cpp

@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ int lua_ScriptController_getBoolPointer(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ int lua_ScriptController_getDoublePointer(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ int lua_ScriptController_getFloatPointer(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ int lua_ScriptController_getIntPointer(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ int lua_ScriptController_getLongPointer(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ int lua_ScriptController_getShortPointer(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ int lua_ScriptController_getUnsignedCharPointer(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ int lua_ScriptController_getUnsignedIntPointer(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ int lua_ScriptController_getUnsignedLongPointer(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ int lua_ScriptController_getUnsignedShortPointer(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ int lua_ScriptController_loadScript(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.

gameplay/src/lua/lua_SpriteBatch.cpp

@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ int lua_SpriteBatch__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "SpriteBatch");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'SpriteBatch' expected.");
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ int lua_SpriteBatch_begin(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 SpriteBatch* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->begin();
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ int lua_SpriteBatch_draw(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ int lua_SpriteBatch_draw(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 4:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL))
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ int lua_SpriteBatch_draw(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL))
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ int lua_SpriteBatch_draw(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 5:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL) &&
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ int lua_SpriteBatch_draw(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 7:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL) &&
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ int lua_SpriteBatch_draw(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 10:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ int lua_SpriteBatch_draw(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 11:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ int lua_SpriteBatch_draw(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ int lua_SpriteBatch_draw(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ int lua_SpriteBatch_draw(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 12:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ int lua_SpriteBatch_draw(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ int lua_SpriteBatch_draw(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 13:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -634,7 +634,7 @@ int lua_SpriteBatch_draw(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNIL) &&
@@ -698,7 +698,7 @@ int lua_SpriteBatch_draw(lua_State* state)
         }
         case 14:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
                 lua_type(state, 4) == LUA_TNUMBER &&
@@ -784,7 +784,7 @@ int lua_SpriteBatch_finish(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 SpriteBatch* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->finish();
@@ -818,7 +818,7 @@ int lua_SpriteBatch_getMaterial(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 SpriteBatch* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getMaterial();
@@ -864,7 +864,7 @@ int lua_SpriteBatch_getProjectionMatrix(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 SpriteBatch* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)&(instance->getProjectionMatrix());
@@ -910,7 +910,7 @@ int lua_SpriteBatch_getStateBlock(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 SpriteBatch* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getStateBlock();
@@ -956,7 +956,7 @@ int lua_SpriteBatch_setProjectionMatrix(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1015,7 +1015,7 @@ int lua_SpriteBatch_static_create(lua_State* state)
 
                 return 1;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Texture* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Texture>(1, "Texture", false);
@@ -1046,7 +1046,7 @@ int lua_SpriteBatch_static_create(lua_State* state)
         case 2:
         {
             if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 const char* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getString(1, false);
@@ -1070,8 +1070,8 @@ int lua_SpriteBatch_static_create(lua_State* state)
 
                 return 1;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 Texture* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<Texture>(1, "Texture", false);
@@ -1105,7 +1105,7 @@ int lua_SpriteBatch_static_create(lua_State* state)
         case 3:
         {
             if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -1133,8 +1133,8 @@ int lua_SpriteBatch_static_create(lua_State* state)
 
                 return 1;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.

gameplay/src/lua/lua_Technique.cpp

@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ int lua_Technique__gc(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 void* userdata = luaL_checkudata(state, 1, "Technique");
                 luaL_argcheck(state, userdata != NULL, 1, "'Technique' expected.");
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ int lua_Technique_addRef(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Technique* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->addRef();
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ int lua_Technique_getId(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Technique* instance = getInstance(state);
                 const char* result = instance->getId();
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ int lua_Technique_getParameter(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ int lua_Technique_getPass(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNUMBER)
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ int lua_Technique_getPass(lua_State* state)
 
                 return 1;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ int lua_Technique_getPassCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Technique* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getPassCount();
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ int lua_Technique_getRefCount(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Technique* instance = getInstance(state);
                 unsigned int result = instance->getRefCount();
@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ int lua_Technique_getStateBlock(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Technique* instance = getInstance(state);
                 void* returnPtr = (void*)instance->getStateBlock();
@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ int lua_Technique_release(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 1:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA))
             {
                 Technique* instance = getInstance(state);
                 instance->release();
@@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ int lua_Technique_setParameterAutoBinding(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 3:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ int lua_Technique_setParameterAutoBinding(lua_State* state)
                 
                 return 0;
             }
-            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
+            else if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL) &&
                 (lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TSTRING || lua_type(state, 3) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
@@ -493,8 +493,8 @@ int lua_Technique_setStateBlock(lua_State* state)
     {
         case 2:
         {
-            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TNIL) &&
-                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
+            if ((lua_type(state, 1) == LUA_TUSERDATA) &&
+                (lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TUSERDATA || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TTABLE || lua_type(state, 2) == LUA_TNIL))
             {
                 // Get parameter 1 off the stack.
                 RenderState::StateBlock* param1 = ScriptController::getInstance()->getObjectPointer<RenderState::StateBlock>(2, "RenderStateStateBlock", false);